Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===- ValueTracking.cpp - Walk computations to compute properties --------===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
| 4 | // |
| 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
| 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
| 7 | // |
| 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9 | // |
| 10 | // This file contains routines that help analyze properties that chains of |
| 11 | // computations have. |
| 12 | // |
| 13 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 14 | |
| 15 | #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | #include "llvm/ADT/APFloat.h" |
| 17 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" |
| 18 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
| 19 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" |
James Molloy | 493e57d | 2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 20 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" |
Chandler Carruth | ed0881b | 2012-12-03 16:50:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h" |
| 24 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
| 25 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
| 26 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
| 27 | #include "llvm/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.h" |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 28 | #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h" |
Dan Gohman | 949ab78 | 2010-12-15 20:10:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 29 | #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h" |
Artur Pilipenko | 31bcca4 | 2016-02-24 12:49:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 30 | #include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h" |
Adam Nemet | e2b885c | 2015-04-23 20:09:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 31 | #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h" |
Adam Nemet | 0965da2 | 2017-10-09 23:19:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 32 | #include "llvm/Analysis/OptimizationRemarkEmitter.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 33 | #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h" |
| 34 | #include "llvm/IR/Argument.h" |
| 35 | #include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h" |
| 36 | #include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h" |
Nick Lewycky | ec37354 | 2014-05-20 05:13:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 37 | #include "llvm/IR/CallSite.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 38 | #include "llvm/IR/Constant.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 8cd041e | 2014-03-04 12:24:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 39 | #include "llvm/IR/ConstantRange.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 9fb823b | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 40 | #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h" |
| 41 | #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 42 | #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 43 | #include "llvm/IR/DiagnosticInfo.h" |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 44 | #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 45 | #include "llvm/IR/Function.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 03eb0de | 2014-03-04 10:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 46 | #include "llvm/IR/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 9fb823b | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 47 | #include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 48 | #include "llvm/IR/GlobalValue.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 9fb823b | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 49 | #include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 50 | #include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h" |
| 51 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 9fb823b | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 52 | #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h" |
| 53 | #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 54 | #include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 9fb823b | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 55 | #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h" |
| 56 | #include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 57 | #include "llvm/IR/Module.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 9fb823b | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 58 | #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 820a908 | 2014-03-04 11:08:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 59 | #include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 60 | #include "llvm/IR/Type.h" |
| 61 | #include "llvm/IR/User.h" |
| 62 | #include "llvm/IR/Value.h" |
| 63 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
| 64 | #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h" |
| 65 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
| 66 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 67 | #include "llvm/Support/KnownBits.h" |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 68 | #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" |
Matthias Braun | 37e5d79 | 2016-01-28 06:29:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 69 | #include <algorithm> |
| 70 | #include <array> |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 71 | #include <cassert> |
| 72 | #include <cstdint> |
| 73 | #include <iterator> |
| 74 | #include <utility> |
| 75 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 76 | using namespace llvm; |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 77 | using namespace llvm::PatternMatch; |
| 78 | |
| 79 | const unsigned MaxDepth = 6; |
| 80 | |
Philip Reames | 1c29227 | 2015-03-10 22:43:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 81 | // Controls the number of uses of the value searched for possible |
| 82 | // dominating comparisons. |
| 83 | static cl::opt<unsigned> DomConditionsMaxUses("dom-conditions-max-uses", |
Igor Laevsky | cea9ede | 2015-09-29 14:57:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 84 | cl::Hidden, cl::init(20)); |
Philip Reames | 1c29227 | 2015-03-10 22:43:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 85 | |
Craig Topper | 6b3940a | 2017-05-03 22:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 86 | /// Returns the bitwidth of the given scalar or pointer type. For vector types, |
| 87 | /// returns the element type's bitwidth. |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 88 | static unsigned getBitWidth(Type *Ty, const DataLayout &DL) { |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 89 | if (unsigned BitWidth = Ty->getScalarSizeInBits()) |
| 90 | return BitWidth; |
Matt Arsenault | f55e5e7 | 2013-08-10 17:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 91 | |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 92 | return DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(Ty); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 93 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 94 | |
Benjamin Kramer | cfd8d90 | 2014-09-12 08:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 95 | namespace { |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 96 | |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 97 | // Simplifying using an assume can only be done in a particular control-flow |
| 98 | // context (the context instruction provides that context). If an assume and |
| 99 | // the context instruction are not in the same block then the DT helps in |
| 100 | // figuring out if we can use it. |
| 101 | struct Query { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 102 | const DataLayout &DL; |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 103 | AssumptionCache *AC; |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 104 | const Instruction *CxtI; |
| 105 | const DominatorTree *DT; |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 106 | |
Sanjay Patel | 54656ca | 2017-02-06 18:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 107 | // Unlike the other analyses, this may be a nullptr because not all clients |
| 108 | // provide it currently. |
| 109 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE; |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 110 | |
Matthias Braun | 37e5d79 | 2016-01-28 06:29:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 111 | /// Set of assumptions that should be excluded from further queries. |
| 112 | /// This is because of the potential for mutual recursion to cause |
| 113 | /// computeKnownBits to repeatedly visit the same assume intrinsic. The |
| 114 | /// classic case of this is assume(x = y), which will attempt to determine |
| 115 | /// bits in x from bits in y, which will attempt to determine bits in y from |
| 116 | /// bits in x, etc. Regarding the mutual recursion, computeKnownBits can call |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 117 | /// isKnownNonZero, which calls computeKnownBits and isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo |
| 118 | /// (all of which can call computeKnownBits), and so on. |
Li Huang | 755f75f | 2016-10-15 19:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 119 | std::array<const Value *, MaxDepth> Excluded; |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 120 | |
| 121 | unsigned NumExcluded = 0; |
Matthias Braun | 37e5d79 | 2016-01-28 06:29:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 122 | |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 123 | Query(const DataLayout &DL, AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
Sanjay Patel | 54656ca | 2017-02-06 18:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 124 | const DominatorTree *DT, OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE = nullptr) |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 125 | : DL(DL), AC(AC), CxtI(CxtI), DT(DT), ORE(ORE) {} |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 126 | |
| 127 | Query(const Query &Q, const Value *NewExcl) |
Sanjay Patel | 54656ca | 2017-02-06 18:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 128 | : DL(Q.DL), AC(Q.AC), CxtI(Q.CxtI), DT(Q.DT), ORE(Q.ORE), |
| 129 | NumExcluded(Q.NumExcluded) { |
Matthias Braun | 37e5d79 | 2016-01-28 06:29:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 130 | Excluded = Q.Excluded; |
| 131 | Excluded[NumExcluded++] = NewExcl; |
| 132 | assert(NumExcluded <= Excluded.size()); |
| 133 | } |
| 134 | |
| 135 | bool isExcluded(const Value *Value) const { |
| 136 | if (NumExcluded == 0) |
| 137 | return false; |
| 138 | auto End = Excluded.begin() + NumExcluded; |
| 139 | return std::find(Excluded.begin(), End, Value) != End; |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 140 | } |
| 141 | }; |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 142 | |
Benjamin Kramer | cfd8d90 | 2014-09-12 08:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 143 | } // end anonymous namespace |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 144 | |
Sanjay Patel | 547e975 | 2014-11-04 16:09:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 145 | // Given the provided Value and, potentially, a context instruction, return |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 146 | // the preferred context instruction (if any). |
| 147 | static const Instruction *safeCxtI(const Value *V, const Instruction *CxtI) { |
| 148 | // If we've been provided with a context instruction, then use that (provided |
| 149 | // it has been inserted). |
| 150 | if (CxtI && CxtI->getParent()) |
| 151 | return CxtI; |
| 152 | |
| 153 | // If the value is really an already-inserted instruction, then use that. |
| 154 | CxtI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); |
| 155 | if (CxtI && CxtI->getParent()) |
| 156 | return CxtI; |
| 157 | |
| 158 | return nullptr; |
| 159 | } |
| 160 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 161 | static void computeKnownBits(const Value *V, KnownBits &Known, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 162 | unsigned Depth, const Query &Q); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 163 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 164 | void llvm::computeKnownBits(const Value *V, KnownBits &Known, |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 165 | const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 166 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
Sanjay Patel | 54656ca | 2017-02-06 18:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 167 | const DominatorTree *DT, |
| 168 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 169 | ::computeKnownBits(V, Known, Depth, |
Sanjay Patel | 54656ca | 2017-02-06 18:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 170 | Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT, ORE)); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 171 | } |
| 172 | |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 173 | static KnownBits computeKnownBits(const Value *V, unsigned Depth, |
| 174 | const Query &Q); |
| 175 | |
| 176 | KnownBits llvm::computeKnownBits(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, |
| 177 | unsigned Depth, AssumptionCache *AC, |
| 178 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
Craig Topper | a2025ea | 2017-05-24 16:53:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 179 | const DominatorTree *DT, |
| 180 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE) { |
| 181 | return ::computeKnownBits(V, Depth, |
| 182 | Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT, ORE)); |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 183 | } |
| 184 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 185 | bool llvm::haveNoCommonBitsSet(const Value *LHS, const Value *RHS, |
| 186 | const DataLayout &DL, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 187 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
Jingyue Wu | ca32190 | 2015-05-14 23:53:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 188 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
| 189 | assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() && |
| 190 | "LHS and RHS should have the same type"); |
| 191 | assert(LHS->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() && |
| 192 | "LHS and RHS should be integers"); |
| 193 | IntegerType *IT = cast<IntegerType>(LHS->getType()->getScalarType()); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 194 | KnownBits LHSKnown(IT->getBitWidth()); |
| 195 | KnownBits RHSKnown(IT->getBitWidth()); |
| 196 | computeKnownBits(LHS, LHSKnown, DL, 0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 197 | computeKnownBits(RHS, RHSKnown, DL, 0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 198 | return (LHSKnown.Zero | RHSKnown.Zero).isAllOnesValue(); |
Jingyue Wu | ca32190 | 2015-05-14 23:53:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 199 | } |
| 200 | |
Zaara Syeda | 3a7578c | 2017-05-31 17:12:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 201 | bool llvm::isOnlyUsedInZeroEqualityComparison(const Instruction *CxtI) { |
| 202 | for (const User *U : CxtI->users()) { |
| 203 | if (const ICmpInst *IC = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(U)) |
| 204 | if (IC->isEquality()) |
| 205 | if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(IC->getOperand(1))) |
| 206 | if (C->isNullValue()) |
| 207 | continue; |
| 208 | return false; |
| 209 | } |
| 210 | return true; |
| 211 | } |
| 212 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 213 | static bool isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(const Value *V, bool OrZero, unsigned Depth, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 214 | const Query &Q); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 215 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 216 | bool llvm::isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, |
| 217 | bool OrZero, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 218 | unsigned Depth, AssumptionCache *AC, |
| 219 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 220 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 221 | return ::isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(V, OrZero, Depth, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 222 | Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT)); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 223 | } |
| 224 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 225 | static bool isKnownNonZero(const Value *V, unsigned Depth, const Query &Q); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 226 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 227 | bool llvm::isKnownNonZero(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 228 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 229 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
| 230 | return ::isKnownNonZero(V, Depth, Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT)); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 231 | } |
| 232 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 233 | bool llvm::isKnownNonNegative(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 234 | unsigned Depth, |
| 235 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 236 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 237 | KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(V, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 238 | return Known.isNonNegative(); |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 239 | } |
| 240 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 241 | bool llvm::isKnownPositive(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 242 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 243 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Philip Reames | 8f12eba | 2016-03-09 21:31:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 244 | if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) |
| 245 | return CI->getValue().isStrictlyPositive(); |
Sanjoy Das | 6082c1a | 2016-05-07 02:08:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 246 | |
Philip Reames | 8f12eba | 2016-03-09 21:31:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 247 | // TODO: We'd doing two recursive queries here. We should factor this such |
| 248 | // that only a single query is needed. |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 249 | return isKnownNonNegative(V, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT) && |
| 250 | isKnownNonZero(V, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT); |
Philip Reames | 8f12eba | 2016-03-09 21:31:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 251 | } |
| 252 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 253 | bool llvm::isKnownNegative(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 254 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 255 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 256 | KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(V, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 257 | return Known.isNegative(); |
Nick Lewycky | 762f8a8 | 2016-04-21 00:53:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 258 | } |
| 259 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 260 | static bool isKnownNonEqual(const Value *V1, const Value *V2, const Query &Q); |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 261 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 262 | bool llvm::isKnownNonEqual(const Value *V1, const Value *V2, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 263 | const DataLayout &DL, |
| 264 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 265 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 266 | return ::isKnownNonEqual(V1, V2, Query(DL, AC, |
| 267 | safeCxtI(V1, safeCxtI(V2, CxtI)), |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 268 | DT)); |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 269 | } |
| 270 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 271 | static bool MaskedValueIsZero(const Value *V, const APInt &Mask, unsigned Depth, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 272 | const Query &Q); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 273 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 274 | bool llvm::MaskedValueIsZero(const Value *V, const APInt &Mask, |
| 275 | const DataLayout &DL, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 276 | unsigned Depth, AssumptionCache *AC, |
| 277 | const Instruction *CxtI, const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 278 | return ::MaskedValueIsZero(V, Mask, Depth, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 279 | Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT)); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 280 | } |
| 281 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 282 | static unsigned ComputeNumSignBits(const Value *V, unsigned Depth, |
| 283 | const Query &Q); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 284 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 285 | unsigned llvm::ComputeNumSignBits(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 286 | unsigned Depth, AssumptionCache *AC, |
| 287 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 288 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 289 | return ::ComputeNumSignBits(V, Depth, Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT)); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 290 | } |
| 291 | |
Craig Topper | 8fbb74b | 2017-03-24 22:12:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 292 | static void computeKnownBitsAddSub(bool Add, const Value *Op0, const Value *Op1, |
| 293 | bool NSW, |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 294 | KnownBits &KnownOut, KnownBits &Known2, |
Craig Topper | 8fbb74b | 2017-03-24 22:12:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 295 | unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 296 | unsigned BitWidth = KnownOut.getBitWidth(); |
Craig Topper | 8fbb74b | 2017-03-24 22:12:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 297 | |
| 298 | // If an initial sequence of bits in the result is not needed, the |
| 299 | // corresponding bits in the operands are not needed. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 300 | KnownBits LHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 301 | computeKnownBits(Op0, LHSKnown, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 302 | computeKnownBits(Op1, Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 8fbb74b | 2017-03-24 22:12:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 303 | |
Craig Topper | b498a23 | 2017-08-08 16:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 304 | KnownOut = KnownBits::computeForAddSub(Add, NSW, LHSKnown, Known2); |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 305 | } |
| 306 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 307 | static void computeKnownBitsMul(const Value *Op0, const Value *Op1, bool NSW, |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 308 | KnownBits &Known, KnownBits &Known2, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 309 | unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 310 | unsigned BitWidth = Known.getBitWidth(); |
| 311 | computeKnownBits(Op1, Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 312 | computeKnownBits(Op0, Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 313 | |
| 314 | bool isKnownNegative = false; |
| 315 | bool isKnownNonNegative = false; |
| 316 | // If the multiplication is known not to overflow, compute the sign bit. |
Rafael Espindola | ba0a6ca | 2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 317 | if (NSW) { |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 318 | if (Op0 == Op1) { |
| 319 | // The product of a number with itself is non-negative. |
| 320 | isKnownNonNegative = true; |
| 321 | } else { |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 322 | bool isKnownNonNegativeOp1 = Known.isNonNegative(); |
| 323 | bool isKnownNonNegativeOp0 = Known2.isNonNegative(); |
| 324 | bool isKnownNegativeOp1 = Known.isNegative(); |
| 325 | bool isKnownNegativeOp0 = Known2.isNegative(); |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 326 | // The product of two numbers with the same sign is non-negative. |
| 327 | isKnownNonNegative = (isKnownNegativeOp1 && isKnownNegativeOp0) || |
| 328 | (isKnownNonNegativeOp1 && isKnownNonNegativeOp0); |
| 329 | // The product of a negative number and a non-negative number is either |
| 330 | // negative or zero. |
| 331 | if (!isKnownNonNegative) |
| 332 | isKnownNegative = (isKnownNegativeOp1 && isKnownNonNegativeOp0 && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 333 | isKnownNonZero(Op0, Depth, Q)) || |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 334 | (isKnownNegativeOp0 && isKnownNonNegativeOp1 && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 335 | isKnownNonZero(Op1, Depth, Q)); |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 336 | } |
| 337 | } |
| 338 | |
| 339 | // If low bits are zero in either operand, output low known-0 bits. |
Sanjay Patel | 5dd66c3 | 2015-09-17 20:51:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 340 | // Also compute a conservative estimate for high known-0 bits. |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 341 | // More trickiness is possible, but this is sufficient for the |
| 342 | // interesting case of alignment computation. |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 343 | unsigned TrailZ = Known.countMinTrailingZeros() + |
| 344 | Known2.countMinTrailingZeros(); |
| 345 | unsigned LeadZ = std::max(Known.countMinLeadingZeros() + |
| 346 | Known2.countMinLeadingZeros(), |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 347 | BitWidth) - BitWidth; |
| 348 | |
| 349 | TrailZ = std::min(TrailZ, BitWidth); |
| 350 | LeadZ = std::min(LeadZ, BitWidth); |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 351 | Known.resetAll(); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 352 | Known.Zero.setLowBits(TrailZ); |
| 353 | Known.Zero.setHighBits(LeadZ); |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 354 | |
| 355 | // Only make use of no-wrap flags if we failed to compute the sign bit |
| 356 | // directly. This matters if the multiplication always overflows, in |
| 357 | // which case we prefer to follow the result of the direct computation, |
| 358 | // though as the program is invoking undefined behaviour we can choose |
| 359 | // whatever we like here. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 360 | if (isKnownNonNegative && !Known.isNegative()) |
| 361 | Known.makeNonNegative(); |
| 362 | else if (isKnownNegative && !Known.isNonNegative()) |
| 363 | Known.makeNegative(); |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 364 | } |
| 365 | |
Jingyue Wu | 37fcb59 | 2014-06-19 16:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 366 | void llvm::computeKnownBitsFromRangeMetadata(const MDNode &Ranges, |
Craig Topper | f42b23f | 2017-04-28 06:28:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 367 | KnownBits &Known) { |
| 368 | unsigned BitWidth = Known.getBitWidth(); |
Rafael Espindola | 5319053 | 2012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 369 | unsigned NumRanges = Ranges.getNumOperands() / 2; |
| 370 | assert(NumRanges >= 1); |
| 371 | |
Craig Topper | f42b23f | 2017-04-28 06:28:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 372 | Known.Zero.setAllBits(); |
| 373 | Known.One.setAllBits(); |
Sanjoy Das | 1d1929a | 2015-10-28 03:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 374 | |
Rafael Espindola | 5319053 | 2012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 375 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumRanges; ++i) { |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 5bf8fef | 2014-12-09 18:38:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 376 | ConstantInt *Lower = |
| 377 | mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(Ranges.getOperand(2 * i + 0)); |
| 378 | ConstantInt *Upper = |
| 379 | mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(Ranges.getOperand(2 * i + 1)); |
Rafael Espindola | 5319053 | 2012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 380 | ConstantRange Range(Lower->getValue(), Upper->getValue()); |
Rafael Espindola | 5319053 | 2012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 381 | |
Sanjoy Das | 1d1929a | 2015-10-28 03:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 382 | // The first CommonPrefixBits of all values in Range are equal. |
| 383 | unsigned CommonPrefixBits = |
| 384 | (Range.getUnsignedMax() ^ Range.getUnsignedMin()).countLeadingZeros(); |
| 385 | |
| 386 | APInt Mask = APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, CommonPrefixBits); |
Craig Topper | f42b23f | 2017-04-28 06:28:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 387 | Known.One &= Range.getUnsignedMax() & Mask; |
| 388 | Known.Zero &= ~Range.getUnsignedMax() & Mask; |
Sanjoy Das | 1d1929a | 2015-10-28 03:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 389 | } |
Rafael Espindola | 5319053 | 2012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 390 | } |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 391 | |
Pete Cooper | fa7ae4f | 2016-08-11 22:23:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 392 | static bool isEphemeralValueOf(const Instruction *I, const Value *E) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 393 | SmallVector<const Value *, 16> WorkSet(1, I); |
| 394 | SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 32> Visited; |
| 395 | SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 16> EphValues; |
| 396 | |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 397 | // The instruction defining an assumption's condition itself is always |
| 398 | // considered ephemeral to that assumption (even if it has other |
| 399 | // non-ephemeral users). See r246696's test case for an example. |
David Majnemer | 0a16c22 | 2016-08-11 21:15:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 400 | if (is_contained(I->operands(), E)) |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 401 | return true; |
| 402 | |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 403 | while (!WorkSet.empty()) { |
| 404 | const Value *V = WorkSet.pop_back_val(); |
David Blaikie | 70573dc | 2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 405 | if (!Visited.insert(V).second) |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 406 | continue; |
| 407 | |
| 408 | // If all uses of this value are ephemeral, then so is this value. |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 409 | if (llvm::all_of(V->users(), [&](const User *U) { |
| 410 | return EphValues.count(U); |
| 411 | })) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 412 | if (V == E) |
| 413 | return true; |
| 414 | |
Hal Finkel | b03dd4b | 2017-08-14 17:11:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 415 | if (V == I || isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(V)) { |
| 416 | EphValues.insert(V); |
| 417 | if (const User *U = dyn_cast<User>(V)) |
| 418 | for (User::const_op_iterator J = U->op_begin(), JE = U->op_end(); |
| 419 | J != JE; ++J) |
| 420 | WorkSet.push_back(*J); |
| 421 | } |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 422 | } |
| 423 | } |
| 424 | |
| 425 | return false; |
| 426 | } |
| 427 | |
| 428 | // Is this an intrinsic that cannot be speculated but also cannot trap? |
| 429 | static bool isAssumeLikeIntrinsic(const Instruction *I) { |
| 430 | if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I)) |
| 431 | if (Function *F = CI->getCalledFunction()) |
| 432 | switch (F->getIntrinsicID()) { |
| 433 | default: break; |
| 434 | // FIXME: This list is repeated from NoTTI::getIntrinsicCost. |
| 435 | case Intrinsic::assume: |
Dan Gohman | 2c74fe9 | 2017-11-08 21:59:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 436 | case Intrinsic::sideeffect: |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 437 | case Intrinsic::dbg_declare: |
| 438 | case Intrinsic::dbg_value: |
| 439 | case Intrinsic::invariant_start: |
| 440 | case Intrinsic::invariant_end: |
| 441 | case Intrinsic::lifetime_start: |
| 442 | case Intrinsic::lifetime_end: |
| 443 | case Intrinsic::objectsize: |
| 444 | case Intrinsic::ptr_annotation: |
| 445 | case Intrinsic::var_annotation: |
| 446 | return true; |
| 447 | } |
| 448 | |
| 449 | return false; |
| 450 | } |
| 451 | |
Pete Cooper | fa7ae4f | 2016-08-11 22:23:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 452 | bool llvm::isValidAssumeForContext(const Instruction *Inv, |
| 453 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 454 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 455 | // There are two restrictions on the use of an assume: |
| 456 | // 1. The assume must dominate the context (or the control flow must |
| 457 | // reach the assume whenever it reaches the context). |
| 458 | // 2. The context must not be in the assume's set of ephemeral values |
| 459 | // (otherwise we will use the assume to prove that the condition |
| 460 | // feeding the assume is trivially true, thus causing the removal of |
| 461 | // the assume). |
| 462 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 463 | if (DT) { |
Pete Cooper | 54a0255 | 2016-08-12 01:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 464 | if (DT->dominates(Inv, CxtI)) |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 465 | return true; |
Pete Cooper | 54a0255 | 2016-08-12 01:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 466 | } else if (Inv->getParent() == CxtI->getParent()->getSinglePredecessor()) { |
| 467 | // We don't have a DT, but this trivially dominates. |
| 468 | return true; |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 469 | } |
| 470 | |
Pete Cooper | 54a0255 | 2016-08-12 01:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 471 | // With or without a DT, the only remaining case we will check is if the |
| 472 | // instructions are in the same BB. Give up if that is not the case. |
| 473 | if (Inv->getParent() != CxtI->getParent()) |
| 474 | return false; |
| 475 | |
| 476 | // If we have a dom tree, then we now know that the assume doens't dominate |
| 477 | // the other instruction. If we don't have a dom tree then we can check if |
| 478 | // the assume is first in the BB. |
| 479 | if (!DT) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 480 | // Search forward from the assume until we reach the context (or the end |
| 481 | // of the block); the common case is that the assume will come first. |
Pete Cooper | fa7ae4f | 2016-08-11 22:23:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 482 | for (auto I = std::next(BasicBlock::const_iterator(Inv)), |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 483 | IE = Inv->getParent()->end(); I != IE; ++I) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 484 | if (&*I == CxtI) |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 485 | return true; |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 486 | } |
| 487 | |
Pete Cooper | 54a0255 | 2016-08-12 01:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 488 | // The context comes first, but they're both in the same block. Make sure |
| 489 | // there is nothing in between that might interrupt the control flow. |
| 490 | for (BasicBlock::const_iterator I = |
| 491 | std::next(BasicBlock::const_iterator(CxtI)), IE(Inv); |
| 492 | I != IE; ++I) |
| 493 | if (!isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(&*I) && !isAssumeLikeIntrinsic(&*I)) |
| 494 | return false; |
| 495 | |
| 496 | return !isEphemeralValueOf(Inv, CxtI); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 497 | } |
| 498 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 499 | static void computeKnownBitsFromAssume(const Value *V, KnownBits &Known, |
| 500 | unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 501 | // Use of assumptions is context-sensitive. If we don't have a context, we |
| 502 | // cannot use them! |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 503 | if (!Q.AC || !Q.CxtI) |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 504 | return; |
| 505 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 506 | unsigned BitWidth = Known.getBitWidth(); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 507 | |
Hal Finkel | 8a9a783 | 2017-01-11 13:24:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 508 | // Note that the patterns below need to be kept in sync with the code |
| 509 | // in AssumptionCache::updateAffectedValues. |
| 510 | |
| 511 | for (auto &AssumeVH : Q.AC->assumptionsFor(V)) { |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 512 | if (!AssumeVH) |
Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 513 | continue; |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 514 | CallInst *I = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH); |
| 515 | assert(I->getParent()->getParent() == Q.CxtI->getParent()->getParent() && |
| 516 | "Got assumption for the wrong function!"); |
| 517 | if (Q.isExcluded(I)) |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 518 | continue; |
| 519 | |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 520 | // Warning: This loop can end up being somewhat performance sensetive. |
| 521 | // We're running this loop for once for each value queried resulting in a |
| 522 | // runtime of ~O(#assumes * #values). |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 523 | |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 524 | assert(I->getCalledFunction()->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::assume && |
| 525 | "must be an assume intrinsic"); |
| 526 | |
| 527 | Value *Arg = I->getArgOperand(0); |
| 528 | |
| 529 | if (Arg == V && isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 530 | assert(BitWidth == 1 && "assume operand is not i1?"); |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 531 | Known.setAllOnes(); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 532 | return; |
| 533 | } |
Sanjay Patel | 9666996 | 2017-01-17 18:15:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 534 | if (match(Arg, m_Not(m_Specific(V))) && |
| 535 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
| 536 | assert(BitWidth == 1 && "assume operand is not i1?"); |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 537 | Known.setAllZero(); |
Sanjay Patel | 9666996 | 2017-01-17 18:15:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 538 | return; |
| 539 | } |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 540 | |
David Majnemer | 9b60975 | 2014-12-12 23:59:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 541 | // The remaining tests are all recursive, so bail out if we hit the limit. |
| 542 | if (Depth == MaxDepth) |
| 543 | continue; |
| 544 | |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 545 | Value *A, *B; |
| 546 | auto m_V = m_CombineOr(m_Specific(V), |
| 547 | m_CombineOr(m_PtrToInt(m_Specific(V)), |
| 548 | m_BitCast(m_Specific(V)))); |
| 549 | |
| 550 | CmpInst::Predicate Pred; |
Igor Laevsky | cec8f47 | 2017-12-05 12:18:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 551 | uint64_t C; |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 552 | // assume(v = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 553 | if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 554 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 555 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 556 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
| 557 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero; |
| 558 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.One; |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 559 | // assume(v & b = a) |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 560 | } else if (match(Arg, |
| 561 | m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_c_And(m_V, m_Value(B)), m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 562 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 563 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 564 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 565 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
| 566 | KnownBits MaskKnown(BitWidth); |
| 567 | computeKnownBits(B, MaskKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 568 | |
| 569 | // For those bits in the mask that are known to be one, we can propagate |
| 570 | // known bits from the RHS to V. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 571 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero & MaskKnown.One; |
| 572 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.One & MaskKnown.One; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 573 | // assume(~(v & b) = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 574 | } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Not(m_c_And(m_V, m_Value(B))), |
| 575 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 576 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 577 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 578 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 579 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
| 580 | KnownBits MaskKnown(BitWidth); |
| 581 | computeKnownBits(B, MaskKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 582 | |
| 583 | // For those bits in the mask that are known to be one, we can propagate |
| 584 | // inverted known bits from the RHS to V. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 585 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.One & MaskKnown.One; |
| 586 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.Zero & MaskKnown.One; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 587 | // assume(v | b = a) |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 588 | } else if (match(Arg, |
| 589 | m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_c_Or(m_V, m_Value(B)), m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 590 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 591 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 592 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 593 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
| 594 | KnownBits BKnown(BitWidth); |
| 595 | computeKnownBits(B, BKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 596 | |
| 597 | // For those bits in B that are known to be zero, we can propagate known |
| 598 | // bits from the RHS to V. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 599 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero & BKnown.Zero; |
| 600 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.One & BKnown.Zero; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 601 | // assume(~(v | b) = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 602 | } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Not(m_c_Or(m_V, m_Value(B))), |
| 603 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 604 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 605 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 606 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 607 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
| 608 | KnownBits BKnown(BitWidth); |
| 609 | computeKnownBits(B, BKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 610 | |
| 611 | // For those bits in B that are known to be zero, we can propagate |
| 612 | // inverted known bits from the RHS to V. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 613 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.One & BKnown.Zero; |
| 614 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.Zero & BKnown.Zero; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 615 | // assume(v ^ b = a) |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 616 | } else if (match(Arg, |
| 617 | m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_c_Xor(m_V, m_Value(B)), m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 618 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 619 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 620 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 621 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
| 622 | KnownBits BKnown(BitWidth); |
| 623 | computeKnownBits(B, BKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 624 | |
| 625 | // For those bits in B that are known to be zero, we can propagate known |
| 626 | // bits from the RHS to V. For those bits in B that are known to be one, |
| 627 | // we can propagate inverted known bits from the RHS to V. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 628 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero & BKnown.Zero; |
| 629 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.One & BKnown.Zero; |
| 630 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.One & BKnown.One; |
| 631 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.Zero & BKnown.One; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 632 | // assume(~(v ^ b) = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 633 | } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Not(m_c_Xor(m_V, m_Value(B))), |
| 634 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 635 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 636 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 637 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 638 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
| 639 | KnownBits BKnown(BitWidth); |
| 640 | computeKnownBits(B, BKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 641 | |
| 642 | // For those bits in B that are known to be zero, we can propagate |
| 643 | // inverted known bits from the RHS to V. For those bits in B that are |
| 644 | // known to be one, we can propagate known bits from the RHS to V. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 645 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.One & BKnown.Zero; |
| 646 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.Zero & BKnown.Zero; |
| 647 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero & BKnown.One; |
| 648 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.One & BKnown.One; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 649 | // assume(v << c = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 650 | } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Shl(m_V, m_ConstantInt(C)), |
| 651 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 652 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
Igor Laevsky | cec8f47 | 2017-12-05 12:18:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 653 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT) && |
| 654 | C < BitWidth) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 655 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 656 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 657 | // For those bits in RHS that are known, we can propagate them to known |
| 658 | // bits in V shifted to the right by C. |
Igor Laevsky | cec8f47 | 2017-12-05 12:18:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 659 | RHSKnown.Zero.lshrInPlace(C); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 660 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero; |
Igor Laevsky | cec8f47 | 2017-12-05 12:18:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 661 | RHSKnown.One.lshrInPlace(C); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 662 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.One; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 663 | // assume(~(v << c) = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 664 | } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Not(m_Shl(m_V, m_ConstantInt(C))), |
| 665 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 666 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
Igor Laevsky | cec8f47 | 2017-12-05 12:18:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 667 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT) && |
| 668 | C < BitWidth) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 669 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 670 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 671 | // For those bits in RHS that are known, we can propagate them inverted |
| 672 | // to known bits in V shifted to the right by C. |
Igor Laevsky | cec8f47 | 2017-12-05 12:18:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 673 | RHSKnown.One.lshrInPlace(C); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 674 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.One; |
Igor Laevsky | cec8f47 | 2017-12-05 12:18:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 675 | RHSKnown.Zero.lshrInPlace(C); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 676 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.Zero; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 677 | // assume(v >> c = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 678 | } else if (match(Arg, |
Craig Topper | 7b66ffe | 2017-06-24 06:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 679 | m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Shr(m_V, m_ConstantInt(C)), |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 680 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 681 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
Igor Laevsky | cec8f47 | 2017-12-05 12:18:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 682 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT) && |
| 683 | C < BitWidth) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 684 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 685 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 686 | // For those bits in RHS that are known, we can propagate them to known |
| 687 | // bits in V shifted to the right by C. |
Igor Laevsky | cec8f47 | 2017-12-05 12:18:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 688 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero << C; |
| 689 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.One << C; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 690 | // assume(~(v >> c) = a) |
Craig Topper | 7b66ffe | 2017-06-24 06:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 691 | } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Not(m_Shr(m_V, m_ConstantInt(C))), |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 692 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 693 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
Igor Laevsky | cec8f47 | 2017-12-05 12:18:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 694 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT) && |
| 695 | C < BitWidth) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 697 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 698 | // For those bits in RHS that are known, we can propagate them inverted |
| 699 | // to known bits in V shifted to the right by C. |
Igor Laevsky | cec8f47 | 2017-12-05 12:18:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 700 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.One << C; |
| 701 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.Zero << C; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 702 | // assume(v >=_s c) where c is non-negative |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 703 | } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 704 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 705 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 706 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 707 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 708 | |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 709 | if (RHSKnown.isNonNegative()) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 710 | // We know that the sign bit is zero. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 711 | Known.makeNonNegative(); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 712 | } |
| 713 | // assume(v >_s c) where c is at least -1. |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 714 | } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 715 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 716 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 717 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 718 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 719 | |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 720 | if (RHSKnown.isAllOnes() || RHSKnown.isNonNegative()) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 721 | // We know that the sign bit is zero. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 722 | Known.makeNonNegative(); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 723 | } |
| 724 | // assume(v <=_s c) where c is negative |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 725 | } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 726 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 727 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 728 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 729 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 730 | |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 731 | if (RHSKnown.isNegative()) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 732 | // We know that the sign bit is one. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 733 | Known.makeNegative(); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 734 | } |
| 735 | // assume(v <_s c) where c is non-positive |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 736 | } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 737 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 738 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 739 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 740 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 741 | |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 742 | if (RHSKnown.isZero() || RHSKnown.isNegative()) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 743 | // We know that the sign bit is one. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 744 | Known.makeNegative(); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 745 | } |
| 746 | // assume(v <=_u c) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 747 | } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 748 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 749 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 750 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 751 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 752 | |
| 753 | // Whatever high bits in c are zero are known to be zero. |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 754 | Known.Zero.setHighBits(RHSKnown.countMinLeadingZeros()); |
| 755 | // assume(v <_u c) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 756 | } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 757 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 758 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 759 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 760 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 761 | |
| 762 | // Whatever high bits in c are zero are known to be zero (if c is a power |
| 763 | // of 2, then one more). |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 764 | if (isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(A, false, Depth + 1, Query(Q, I))) |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 765 | Known.Zero.setHighBits(RHSKnown.countMinLeadingZeros() + 1); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 766 | else |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 767 | Known.Zero.setHighBits(RHSKnown.countMinLeadingZeros()); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 768 | } |
| 769 | } |
Sanjay Patel | 25f6d71 | 2017-02-01 15:41:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 770 | |
| 771 | // If assumptions conflict with each other or previous known bits, then we |
Sanjay Patel | 54656ca | 2017-02-06 18:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 772 | // have a logical fallacy. It's possible that the assumption is not reachable, |
| 773 | // so this isn't a real bug. On the other hand, the program may have undefined |
| 774 | // behavior, or we might have a bug in the compiler. We can't assert/crash, so |
| 775 | // clear out the known bits, try to warn the user, and hope for the best. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 776 | if (Known.Zero.intersects(Known.One)) { |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 777 | Known.resetAll(); |
Sanjay Patel | 54656ca | 2017-02-06 18:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 778 | |
Vivek Pandya | 9590658 | 2017-10-11 17:12:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 779 | if (Q.ORE) |
| 780 | Q.ORE->emit([&]() { |
| 781 | auto *CxtI = const_cast<Instruction *>(Q.CxtI); |
| 782 | return OptimizationRemarkAnalysis("value-tracking", "BadAssumption", |
| 783 | CxtI) |
| 784 | << "Detected conflicting code assumptions. Program may " |
| 785 | "have undefined behavior, or compiler may have " |
| 786 | "internal error."; |
| 787 | }); |
Sanjay Patel | 25f6d71 | 2017-02-01 15:41:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 788 | } |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 789 | } |
| 790 | |
Sanjay Patel | b7d1238 | 2017-10-16 14:46:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 791 | /// Compute known bits from a shift operator, including those with a |
| 792 | /// non-constant shift amount. Known is the output of this function. Known2 is a |
| 793 | /// pre-allocated temporary with the same bit width as Known. KZF and KOF are |
| 794 | /// operator-specific functors that, given the known-zero or known-one bits |
| 795 | /// respectively, and a shift amount, compute the implied known-zero or |
| 796 | /// known-one bits of the shift operator's result respectively for that shift |
| 797 | /// amount. The results from calling KZF and KOF are conservatively combined for |
| 798 | /// all permitted shift amounts. |
David Majnemer | 54690dc | 2016-08-23 20:52:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 799 | static void computeKnownBitsFromShiftOperator( |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 800 | const Operator *I, KnownBits &Known, KnownBits &Known2, |
| 801 | unsigned Depth, const Query &Q, |
Sam McCall | d0d43e6 | 2017-12-04 12:51:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 802 | function_ref<APInt(const APInt &, unsigned)> KZF, |
| 803 | function_ref<APInt(const APInt &, unsigned)> KOF) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 804 | unsigned BitWidth = Known.getBitWidth(); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 805 | |
| 806 | if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) { |
| 807 | unsigned ShiftAmt = SA->getLimitedValue(BitWidth-1); |
| 808 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 809 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
Sam McCall | d0d43e6 | 2017-12-04 12:51:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 810 | Known.Zero = KZF(Known.Zero, ShiftAmt); |
| 811 | Known.One = KOF(Known.One, ShiftAmt); |
Sanjay Patel | e272be7 | 2017-10-12 17:31:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 812 | // If the known bits conflict, this must be an overflowing left shift, so |
| 813 | // the shift result is poison. We can return anything we want. Choose 0 for |
| 814 | // the best folding opportunity. |
| 815 | if (Known.hasConflict()) |
| 816 | Known.setAllZero(); |
Evgeny Stupachenko | d7f9c35 | 2016-08-24 23:01:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 817 | |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 818 | return; |
| 819 | } |
| 820 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 821 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 822 | |
Sanjay Patel | e272be7 | 2017-10-12 17:31:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 823 | // If the shift amount could be greater than or equal to the bit-width of the |
| 824 | // LHS, the value could be poison, but bail out because the check below is |
| 825 | // expensive. TODO: Should we just carry on? |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 826 | if ((~Known.Zero).uge(BitWidth)) { |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 827 | Known.resetAll(); |
Oliver Stannard | 0620411 | 2017-03-14 10:13:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 828 | return; |
| 829 | } |
| 830 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 831 | // Note: We cannot use Known.Zero.getLimitedValue() here, because if |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 832 | // BitWidth > 64 and any upper bits are known, we'll end up returning the |
| 833 | // limit value (which implies all bits are known). |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 834 | uint64_t ShiftAmtKZ = Known.Zero.zextOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue(); |
| 835 | uint64_t ShiftAmtKO = Known.One.zextOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue(); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 836 | |
| 837 | // It would be more-clearly correct to use the two temporaries for this |
| 838 | // calculation. Reusing the APInts here to prevent unnecessary allocations. |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 839 | Known.resetAll(); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 840 | |
James Molloy | 493e57d | 2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 841 | // If we know the shifter operand is nonzero, we can sometimes infer more |
| 842 | // known bits. However this is expensive to compute, so be lazy about it and |
| 843 | // only compute it when absolutely necessary. |
| 844 | Optional<bool> ShifterOperandIsNonZero; |
| 845 | |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 846 | // Early exit if we can't constrain any well-defined shift amount. |
Craig Topper | f93b7b1 | 2017-06-14 17:04:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 847 | if (!(ShiftAmtKZ & (PowerOf2Ceil(BitWidth) - 1)) && |
| 848 | !(ShiftAmtKO & (PowerOf2Ceil(BitWidth) - 1))) { |
Sanjay Patel | b7d1238 | 2017-10-16 14:46:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 849 | ShifterOperandIsNonZero = isKnownNonZero(I->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q); |
James Molloy | 493e57d | 2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 850 | if (!*ShifterOperandIsNonZero) |
| 851 | return; |
| 852 | } |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 853 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 854 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 855 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 856 | Known.Zero.setAllBits(); |
| 857 | Known.One.setAllBits(); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 858 | for (unsigned ShiftAmt = 0; ShiftAmt < BitWidth; ++ShiftAmt) { |
| 859 | // Combine the shifted known input bits only for those shift amounts |
| 860 | // compatible with its known constraints. |
| 861 | if ((ShiftAmt & ~ShiftAmtKZ) != ShiftAmt) |
| 862 | continue; |
| 863 | if ((ShiftAmt | ShiftAmtKO) != ShiftAmt) |
| 864 | continue; |
James Molloy | 493e57d | 2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 865 | // If we know the shifter is nonzero, we may be able to infer more known |
| 866 | // bits. This check is sunk down as far as possible to avoid the expensive |
| 867 | // call to isKnownNonZero if the cheaper checks above fail. |
| 868 | if (ShiftAmt == 0) { |
| 869 | if (!ShifterOperandIsNonZero.hasValue()) |
| 870 | ShifterOperandIsNonZero = |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 871 | isKnownNonZero(I->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q); |
James Molloy | 493e57d | 2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 872 | if (*ShifterOperandIsNonZero) |
| 873 | continue; |
| 874 | } |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 875 | |
Sam McCall | d0d43e6 | 2017-12-04 12:51:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 876 | Known.Zero &= KZF(Known2.Zero, ShiftAmt); |
| 877 | Known.One &= KOF(Known2.One, ShiftAmt); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 878 | } |
| 879 | |
Sanjay Patel | e272be7 | 2017-10-12 17:31:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 880 | // If the known bits conflict, the result is poison. Return a 0 and hope the |
| 881 | // caller can further optimize that. |
| 882 | if (Known.hasConflict()) |
| 883 | Known.setAllZero(); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 884 | } |
| 885 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 886 | static void computeKnownBitsFromOperator(const Operator *I, KnownBits &Known, |
| 887 | unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) { |
| 888 | unsigned BitWidth = Known.getBitWidth(); |
Rafael Espindola | ba0a6ca | 2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 889 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 890 | KnownBits Known2(Known); |
Dan Gohman | 80ca01c | 2009-07-17 20:47:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 891 | switch (I->getOpcode()) { |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 892 | default: break; |
Rafael Espindola | 5319053 | 2012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 893 | case Instruction::Load: |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | de36e80 | 2014-11-11 21:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 894 | if (MDNode *MD = cast<LoadInst>(I)->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) |
Craig Topper | f42b23f | 2017-04-28 06:28:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 895 | computeKnownBitsFromRangeMetadata(*MD, Known); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 896 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 897 | case Instruction::And: { |
| 898 | // If either the LHS or the RHS are Zero, the result is zero. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 899 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 900 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 901 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 902 | // Output known-1 bits are only known if set in both the LHS & RHS. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 903 | Known.One &= Known2.One; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 904 | // Output known-0 are known to be clear if zero in either the LHS | RHS. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 905 | Known.Zero |= Known2.Zero; |
Philip Reames | 2d85874 | 2015-11-10 18:46:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 906 | |
| 907 | // and(x, add (x, -1)) is a common idiom that always clears the low bit; |
| 908 | // here we handle the more general case of adding any odd number by |
| 909 | // matching the form add(x, add(x, y)) where y is odd. |
| 910 | // TODO: This could be generalized to clearing any bit set in y where the |
| 911 | // following bit is known to be unset in y. |
| 912 | Value *Y = nullptr; |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 913 | if (!Known.Zero[0] && !Known.One[0] && |
Craig Topper | a80f204 | 2017-04-13 19:04:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 914 | (match(I->getOperand(0), m_Add(m_Specific(I->getOperand(1)), |
| 915 | m_Value(Y))) || |
| 916 | match(I->getOperand(1), m_Add(m_Specific(I->getOperand(0)), |
| 917 | m_Value(Y))))) { |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 918 | Known2.resetAll(); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 919 | computeKnownBits(Y, Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 920 | if (Known2.countMinTrailingOnes() > 0) |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 921 | Known.Zero.setBit(0); |
Philip Reames | 2d85874 | 2015-11-10 18:46:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 922 | } |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 923 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 924 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 925 | case Instruction::Or: |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 926 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 927 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 928 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 929 | // Output known-0 bits are only known if clear in both the LHS & RHS. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 930 | Known.Zero &= Known2.Zero; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 931 | // Output known-1 are known to be set if set in either the LHS | RHS. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 932 | Known.One |= Known2.One; |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 933 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 934 | case Instruction::Xor: { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 935 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 936 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 937 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 938 | // Output known-0 bits are known if clear or set in both the LHS & RHS. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 939 | APInt KnownZeroOut = (Known.Zero & Known2.Zero) | (Known.One & Known2.One); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 940 | // Output known-1 are known to be set if set in only one of the LHS, RHS. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 941 | Known.One = (Known.Zero & Known2.One) | (Known.One & Known2.Zero); |
| 942 | Known.Zero = std::move(KnownZeroOut); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 943 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 944 | } |
| 945 | case Instruction::Mul: { |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 946 | bool NSW = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I)->hasNoSignedWrap(); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 947 | computeKnownBitsMul(I->getOperand(0), I->getOperand(1), NSW, Known, |
| 948 | Known2, Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 949 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 950 | } |
| 951 | case Instruction::UDiv: { |
| 952 | // For the purposes of computing leading zeros we can conservatively |
| 953 | // treat a udiv as a logical right shift by the power of 2 known to |
| 954 | // be less than the denominator. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 955 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 956 | unsigned LeadZ = Known2.countMinLeadingZeros(); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 957 | |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 958 | Known2.resetAll(); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 959 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 960 | unsigned RHSMaxLeadingZeros = Known2.countMaxLeadingZeros(); |
| 961 | if (RHSMaxLeadingZeros != BitWidth) |
| 962 | LeadZ = std::min(BitWidth, LeadZ + BitWidth - RHSMaxLeadingZeros - 1); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 963 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 964 | Known.Zero.setHighBits(LeadZ); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 965 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 966 | } |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 967 | case Instruction::Select: { |
Craig Topper | e953dec | 2017-04-13 20:39:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 968 | const Value *LHS, *RHS; |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 969 | SelectPatternFlavor SPF = matchSelectPattern(I, LHS, RHS).Flavor; |
| 970 | if (SelectPatternResult::isMinOrMax(SPF)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 971 | computeKnownBits(RHS, Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 972 | computeKnownBits(LHS, Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 973 | } else { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 974 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(2), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 975 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 976 | } |
| 977 | |
| 978 | unsigned MaxHighOnes = 0; |
| 979 | unsigned MaxHighZeros = 0; |
| 980 | if (SPF == SPF_SMAX) { |
| 981 | // If both sides are negative, the result is negative. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 982 | if (Known.isNegative() && Known2.isNegative()) |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 983 | // We can derive a lower bound on the result by taking the max of the |
| 984 | // leading one bits. |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 985 | MaxHighOnes = |
| 986 | std::max(Known.countMinLeadingOnes(), Known2.countMinLeadingOnes()); |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 987 | // If either side is non-negative, the result is non-negative. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 988 | else if (Known.isNonNegative() || Known2.isNonNegative()) |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 989 | MaxHighZeros = 1; |
| 990 | } else if (SPF == SPF_SMIN) { |
| 991 | // If both sides are non-negative, the result is non-negative. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 992 | if (Known.isNonNegative() && Known2.isNonNegative()) |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 993 | // We can derive an upper bound on the result by taking the max of the |
| 994 | // leading zero bits. |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 995 | MaxHighZeros = std::max(Known.countMinLeadingZeros(), |
| 996 | Known2.countMinLeadingZeros()); |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 997 | // If either side is negative, the result is negative. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 998 | else if (Known.isNegative() || Known2.isNegative()) |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 999 | MaxHighOnes = 1; |
| 1000 | } else if (SPF == SPF_UMAX) { |
| 1001 | // We can derive a lower bound on the result by taking the max of the |
| 1002 | // leading one bits. |
| 1003 | MaxHighOnes = |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1004 | std::max(Known.countMinLeadingOnes(), Known2.countMinLeadingOnes()); |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1005 | } else if (SPF == SPF_UMIN) { |
| 1006 | // We can derive an upper bound on the result by taking the max of the |
| 1007 | // leading zero bits. |
| 1008 | MaxHighZeros = |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1009 | std::max(Known.countMinLeadingZeros(), Known2.countMinLeadingZeros()); |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1010 | } |
| 1011 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1012 | // Only known if known in both the LHS and RHS. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1013 | Known.One &= Known2.One; |
| 1014 | Known.Zero &= Known2.Zero; |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1015 | if (MaxHighOnes > 0) |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1016 | Known.One.setHighBits(MaxHighOnes); |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1017 | if (MaxHighZeros > 0) |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1018 | Known.Zero.setHighBits(MaxHighZeros); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1019 | break; |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1020 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1021 | case Instruction::FPTrunc: |
| 1022 | case Instruction::FPExt: |
| 1023 | case Instruction::FPToUI: |
| 1024 | case Instruction::FPToSI: |
| 1025 | case Instruction::SIToFP: |
| 1026 | case Instruction::UIToFP: |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1027 | break; // Can't work with floating point. |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1028 | case Instruction::PtrToInt: |
| 1029 | case Instruction::IntToPtr: |
Justin Bogner | cd1d5aa | 2016-08-17 20:30:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1030 | // Fall through and handle them the same as zext/trunc. |
| 1031 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1032 | case Instruction::ZExt: |
| 1033 | case Instruction::Trunc: { |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1034 | Type *SrcTy = I->getOperand(0)->getType(); |
Nadav Rotem | 15198e9 | 2012-10-26 17:17:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1035 | |
Chris Lattner | 0cdbc7a | 2009-09-08 00:13:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1036 | unsigned SrcBitWidth; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1037 | // Note that we handle pointer operands here because of inttoptr/ptrtoint |
| 1038 | // which fall through here. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1039 | SrcBitWidth = Q.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy->getScalarType()); |
Nadav Rotem | 15198e9 | 2012-10-26 17:17:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1040 | |
| 1041 | assert(SrcBitWidth && "SrcBitWidth can't be zero"); |
Craig Topper | d938fd1 | 2017-05-03 22:07:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1042 | Known = Known.zextOrTrunc(SrcBitWidth); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1043 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | d938fd1 | 2017-05-03 22:07:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1044 | Known = Known.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1045 | // Any top bits are known to be zero. |
| 1046 | if (BitWidth > SrcBitWidth) |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1047 | Known.Zero.setBitsFrom(SrcBitWidth); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1048 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1049 | } |
| 1050 | case Instruction::BitCast: { |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1051 | Type *SrcTy = I->getOperand(0)->getType(); |
Sanjay Patel | dba8b4c | 2016-06-02 20:01:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1052 | if ((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && |
Chris Lattner | edb8407 | 2009-07-02 16:04:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1053 | // TODO: For now, not handling conversions like: |
| 1054 | // (bitcast i64 %x to <2 x i32>) |
Duncan Sands | 19d0b47 | 2010-02-16 11:11:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1055 | !I->getType()->isVectorTy()) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1056 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1057 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1058 | } |
| 1059 | break; |
| 1060 | } |
| 1061 | case Instruction::SExt: { |
| 1062 | // Compute the bits in the result that are not present in the input. |
Chris Lattner | 0cdbc7a | 2009-09-08 00:13:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1063 | unsigned SrcBitWidth = I->getOperand(0)->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1064 | |
Craig Topper | d938fd1 | 2017-05-03 22:07:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1065 | Known = Known.trunc(SrcBitWidth); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1066 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1067 | // If the sign bit of the input is known set or clear, then we know the |
| 1068 | // top bits of the result. |
Craig Topper | d938fd1 | 2017-05-03 22:07:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1069 | Known = Known.sext(BitWidth); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1070 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1071 | } |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1072 | case Instruction::Shl: { |
Sylvestre Ledru | 91ce36c | 2012-09-27 10:14:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1073 | // (shl X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (X & C2 >>u C1) == 0 |
Evgeny Stupachenko | d7f9c35 | 2016-08-24 23:01:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1074 | bool NSW = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I)->hasNoSignedWrap(); |
Sam McCall | d0d43e6 | 2017-12-04 12:51:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1075 | auto KZF = [NSW](const APInt &KnownZero, unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
| 1076 | APInt KZResult = KnownZero << ShiftAmt; |
| 1077 | KZResult.setLowBits(ShiftAmt); // Low bits known 0. |
Evgeny Stupachenko | d7f9c35 | 2016-08-24 23:01:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1078 | // If this shift has "nsw" keyword, then the result is either a poison |
| 1079 | // value or has the same sign bit as the first operand. |
Sam McCall | d0d43e6 | 2017-12-04 12:51:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1080 | if (NSW && KnownZero.isSignBitSet()) |
| 1081 | KZResult.setSignBit(); |
| 1082 | return KZResult; |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1083 | }; |
| 1084 | |
Sam McCall | d0d43e6 | 2017-12-04 12:51:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1085 | auto KOF = [NSW](const APInt &KnownOne, unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
| 1086 | APInt KOResult = KnownOne << ShiftAmt; |
| 1087 | if (NSW && KnownOne.isSignBitSet()) |
| 1088 | KOResult.setSignBit(); |
| 1089 | return KOResult; |
| 1090 | }; |
| 1091 | |
| 1092 | computeKnownBitsFromShiftOperator(I, Known, Known2, Depth, Q, KZF, KOF); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1093 | break; |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1094 | } |
| 1095 | case Instruction::LShr: { |
Sanjay Patel | b7d1238 | 2017-10-16 14:46:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1096 | // (lshr X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 >> C1) & C2 == 0 |
Sam McCall | d0d43e6 | 2017-12-04 12:51:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1097 | auto KZF = [](const APInt &KnownZero, unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
| 1098 | APInt KZResult = KnownZero.lshr(ShiftAmt); |
| 1099 | // High bits known zero. |
| 1100 | KZResult.setHighBits(ShiftAmt); |
| 1101 | return KZResult; |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1102 | }; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1103 | |
Sam McCall | d0d43e6 | 2017-12-04 12:51:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1104 | auto KOF = [](const APInt &KnownOne, unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
| 1105 | return KnownOne.lshr(ShiftAmt); |
| 1106 | }; |
| 1107 | |
| 1108 | computeKnownBitsFromShiftOperator(I, Known, Known2, Depth, Q, KZF, KOF); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1109 | break; |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1110 | } |
| 1111 | case Instruction::AShr: { |
Sylvestre Ledru | 91ce36c | 2012-09-27 10:14:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1112 | // (ashr X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 >> C1) & C2 == 0 |
Sam McCall | d0d43e6 | 2017-12-04 12:51:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1113 | auto KZF = [](const APInt &KnownZero, unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
| 1114 | return KnownZero.ashr(ShiftAmt); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1115 | }; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1116 | |
Sam McCall | d0d43e6 | 2017-12-04 12:51:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1117 | auto KOF = [](const APInt &KnownOne, unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
| 1118 | return KnownOne.ashr(ShiftAmt); |
| 1119 | }; |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 | computeKnownBitsFromShiftOperator(I, Known, Known2, Depth, Q, KZF, KOF); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1122 | break; |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1123 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1124 | case Instruction::Sub: { |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1125 | bool NSW = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I)->hasNoSignedWrap(); |
Jay Foad | a0653a3 | 2014-05-14 21:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1126 | computeKnownBitsAddSub(false, I->getOperand(0), I->getOperand(1), NSW, |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1127 | Known, Known2, Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1128 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1129 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1130 | case Instruction::Add: { |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1131 | bool NSW = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I)->hasNoSignedWrap(); |
Jay Foad | a0653a3 | 2014-05-14 21:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1132 | computeKnownBitsAddSub(true, I->getOperand(0), I->getOperand(1), NSW, |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1133 | Known, Known2, Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1134 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1135 | } |
| 1136 | case Instruction::SRem: |
| 1137 | if (ConstantInt *Rem = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) { |
Duncan Sands | 26cd6bd | 2010-01-29 06:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1138 | APInt RA = Rem->getValue().abs(); |
| 1139 | if (RA.isPowerOf2()) { |
| 1140 | APInt LowBits = RA - 1; |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1141 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1142 | |
Duncan Sands | 26cd6bd | 2010-01-29 06:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1143 | // The low bits of the first operand are unchanged by the srem. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1144 | Known.Zero = Known2.Zero & LowBits; |
| 1145 | Known.One = Known2.One & LowBits; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1146 | |
Duncan Sands | 26cd6bd | 2010-01-29 06:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1147 | // If the first operand is non-negative or has all low bits zero, then |
| 1148 | // the upper bits are all zero. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1149 | if (Known2.isNonNegative() || LowBits.isSubsetOf(Known2.Zero)) |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1150 | Known.Zero |= ~LowBits; |
Duncan Sands | 26cd6bd | 2010-01-29 06:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1151 | |
| 1152 | // If the first operand is negative and not all low bits are zero, then |
| 1153 | // the upper bits are all one. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1154 | if (Known2.isNegative() && LowBits.intersects(Known2.One)) |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1155 | Known.One |= ~LowBits; |
Duncan Sands | 26cd6bd | 2010-01-29 06:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1156 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1157 | assert((Known.Zero & Known.One) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?"); |
Craig Topper | da886c6 | 2017-04-16 21:46:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1158 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1159 | } |
| 1160 | } |
Nick Lewycky | e467979 | 2011-03-07 01:50:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1161 | |
| 1162 | // The sign bit is the LHS's sign bit, except when the result of the |
| 1163 | // remainder is zero. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1164 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | da886c6 | 2017-04-16 21:46:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1165 | // If it's known zero, our sign bit is also zero. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1166 | if (Known2.isNonNegative()) |
| 1167 | Known.makeNonNegative(); |
Nick Lewycky | e467979 | 2011-03-07 01:50:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1168 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1169 | break; |
| 1170 | case Instruction::URem: { |
| 1171 | if (ConstantInt *Rem = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) { |
Benjamin Kramer | 46e38f3 | 2016-06-08 10:01:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1172 | const APInt &RA = Rem->getValue(); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1173 | if (RA.isPowerOf2()) { |
| 1174 | APInt LowBits = (RA - 1); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1175 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 1176 | Known.Zero |= ~LowBits; |
| 1177 | Known.One &= LowBits; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1178 | break; |
| 1179 | } |
| 1180 | } |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 | // Since the result is less than or equal to either operand, any leading |
| 1183 | // zero bits in either operand must also exist in the result. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1184 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 1185 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1186 | |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1187 | unsigned Leaders = |
| 1188 | std::max(Known.countMinLeadingZeros(), Known2.countMinLeadingZeros()); |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1189 | Known.resetAll(); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1190 | Known.Zero.setHighBits(Leaders); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1191 | break; |
| 1192 | } |
| 1193 | |
Victor Hernandez | a3aaf85 | 2009-10-17 01:18:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1194 | case Instruction::Alloca: { |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1195 | const AllocaInst *AI = cast<AllocaInst>(I); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1196 | unsigned Align = AI->getAlignment(); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1197 | if (Align == 0) |
Eduard Burtescu | 90c4449 | 2016-01-18 00:10:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1198 | Align = Q.DL.getABITypeAlignment(AI->getAllocatedType()); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1199 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1200 | if (Align > 0) |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1201 | Known.Zero.setLowBits(countTrailingZeros(Align)); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1202 | break; |
| 1203 | } |
| 1204 | case Instruction::GetElementPtr: { |
| 1205 | // Analyze all of the subscripts of this getelementptr instruction |
| 1206 | // to determine if we can prove known low zero bits. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1207 | KnownBits LocalKnown(BitWidth); |
| 1208 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), LocalKnown, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1209 | unsigned TrailZ = LocalKnown.countMinTrailingZeros(); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1210 | |
| 1211 | gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(I); |
| 1212 | for (unsigned i = 1, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) { |
| 1213 | Value *Index = I->getOperand(i); |
Peter Collingbourne | ab85225b | 2016-12-02 02:24:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1214 | if (StructType *STy = GTI.getStructTypeOrNull()) { |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1215 | // Handle struct member offset arithmetic. |
Matt Arsenault | 74742a1 | 2013-08-19 21:43:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1216 | |
| 1217 | // Handle case when index is vector zeroinitializer |
| 1218 | Constant *CIndex = cast<Constant>(Index); |
| 1219 | if (CIndex->isZeroValue()) |
| 1220 | continue; |
| 1221 | |
| 1222 | if (CIndex->getType()->isVectorTy()) |
| 1223 | Index = CIndex->getSplatValue(); |
| 1224 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1225 | unsigned Idx = cast<ConstantInt>(Index)->getZExtValue(); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1226 | const StructLayout *SL = Q.DL.getStructLayout(STy); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1227 | uint64_t Offset = SL->getElementOffset(Idx); |
Michael J. Spencer | df1ecbd7 | 2013-05-24 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1228 | TrailZ = std::min<unsigned>(TrailZ, |
| 1229 | countTrailingZeros(Offset)); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1230 | } else { |
| 1231 | // Handle array index arithmetic. |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1232 | Type *IndexedTy = GTI.getIndexedType(); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1233 | if (!IndexedTy->isSized()) { |
| 1234 | TrailZ = 0; |
| 1235 | break; |
| 1236 | } |
Dan Gohman | 7ccc52f | 2009-06-15 22:12:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1237 | unsigned GEPOpiBits = Index->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1238 | uint64_t TypeSize = Q.DL.getTypeAllocSize(IndexedTy); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1239 | LocalKnown.Zero = LocalKnown.One = APInt(GEPOpiBits, 0); |
| 1240 | computeKnownBits(Index, LocalKnown, Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1241 | TrailZ = std::min(TrailZ, |
Michael J. Spencer | df1ecbd7 | 2013-05-24 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1242 | unsigned(countTrailingZeros(TypeSize) + |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1243 | LocalKnown.countMinTrailingZeros())); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1244 | } |
| 1245 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1246 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1247 | Known.Zero.setLowBits(TrailZ); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1248 | break; |
| 1249 | } |
| 1250 | case Instruction::PHI: { |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1251 | const PHINode *P = cast<PHINode>(I); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1252 | // Handle the case of a simple two-predecessor recurrence PHI. |
| 1253 | // There's a lot more that could theoretically be done here, but |
| 1254 | // this is sufficient to catch some interesting cases. |
| 1255 | if (P->getNumIncomingValues() == 2) { |
| 1256 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != 2; ++i) { |
| 1257 | Value *L = P->getIncomingValue(i); |
| 1258 | Value *R = P->getIncomingValue(!i); |
Dan Gohman | 80ca01c | 2009-07-17 20:47:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1259 | Operator *LU = dyn_cast<Operator>(L); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1260 | if (!LU) |
| 1261 | continue; |
Dan Gohman | 80ca01c | 2009-07-17 20:47:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1262 | unsigned Opcode = LU->getOpcode(); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1263 | // Check for operations that have the property that if |
| 1264 | // both their operands have low zero bits, the result |
Artur Pilipenko | bc76eca | 2016-08-22 13:14:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1265 | // will have low zero bits. |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1266 | if (Opcode == Instruction::Add || |
| 1267 | Opcode == Instruction::Sub || |
| 1268 | Opcode == Instruction::And || |
| 1269 | Opcode == Instruction::Or || |
| 1270 | Opcode == Instruction::Mul) { |
| 1271 | Value *LL = LU->getOperand(0); |
| 1272 | Value *LR = LU->getOperand(1); |
| 1273 | // Find a recurrence. |
| 1274 | if (LL == I) |
| 1275 | L = LR; |
| 1276 | else if (LR == I) |
| 1277 | L = LL; |
| 1278 | else |
| 1279 | break; |
| 1280 | // Ok, we have a PHI of the form L op= R. Check for low |
| 1281 | // zero bits. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1282 | computeKnownBits(R, Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
David Greene | aebd9e0 | 2008-10-27 23:24:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1283 | |
| 1284 | // We need to take the minimum number of known bits |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1285 | KnownBits Known3(Known); |
| 1286 | computeKnownBits(L, Known3, Depth + 1, Q); |
David Greene | aebd9e0 | 2008-10-27 23:24:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1287 | |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1288 | Known.Zero.setLowBits(std::min(Known2.countMinTrailingZeros(), |
| 1289 | Known3.countMinTrailingZeros())); |
Artur Pilipenko | c6eb6bd | 2016-10-12 16:18:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1290 | |
Artur Pilipenko | c6eb6bd | 2016-10-12 16:18:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1291 | auto *OverflowOp = dyn_cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(LU); |
| 1292 | if (OverflowOp && OverflowOp->hasNoSignedWrap()) { |
| 1293 | // If initial value of recurrence is nonnegative, and we are adding |
| 1294 | // a nonnegative number with nsw, the result can only be nonnegative |
| 1295 | // or poison value regardless of the number of times we execute the |
| 1296 | // add in phi recurrence. If initial value is negative and we are |
| 1297 | // adding a negative number with nsw, the result can only be |
| 1298 | // negative or poison value. Similar arguments apply to sub and mul. |
| 1299 | // |
| 1300 | // (add non-negative, non-negative) --> non-negative |
| 1301 | // (add negative, negative) --> negative |
| 1302 | if (Opcode == Instruction::Add) { |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1303 | if (Known2.isNonNegative() && Known3.isNonNegative()) |
| 1304 | Known.makeNonNegative(); |
| 1305 | else if (Known2.isNegative() && Known3.isNegative()) |
| 1306 | Known.makeNegative(); |
Artur Pilipenko | c6eb6bd | 2016-10-12 16:18:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1307 | } |
| 1308 | |
| 1309 | // (sub nsw non-negative, negative) --> non-negative |
| 1310 | // (sub nsw negative, non-negative) --> negative |
| 1311 | else if (Opcode == Instruction::Sub && LL == I) { |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1312 | if (Known2.isNonNegative() && Known3.isNegative()) |
| 1313 | Known.makeNonNegative(); |
| 1314 | else if (Known2.isNegative() && Known3.isNonNegative()) |
| 1315 | Known.makeNegative(); |
Artur Pilipenko | c6eb6bd | 2016-10-12 16:18:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1316 | } |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 | // (mul nsw non-negative, non-negative) --> non-negative |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1319 | else if (Opcode == Instruction::Mul && Known2.isNonNegative() && |
| 1320 | Known3.isNonNegative()) |
| 1321 | Known.makeNonNegative(); |
Artur Pilipenko | c6eb6bd | 2016-10-12 16:18:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1322 | } |
| 1323 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1324 | break; |
| 1325 | } |
| 1326 | } |
| 1327 | } |
Dan Gohman | bf0002e | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1328 | |
Nick Lewycky | ac0b62c | 2011-02-10 23:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1329 | // Unreachable blocks may have zero-operand PHI nodes. |
| 1330 | if (P->getNumIncomingValues() == 0) |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1331 | break; |
Nick Lewycky | ac0b62c | 2011-02-10 23:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1332 | |
Dan Gohman | bf0002e | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1333 | // Otherwise take the unions of the known bit sets of the operands, |
| 1334 | // taking conservative care to avoid excessive recursion. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1335 | if (Depth < MaxDepth - 1 && !Known.Zero && !Known.One) { |
Duncan Sands | 7dc3d47 | 2011-03-08 12:39:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1336 | // Skip if every incoming value references to ourself. |
Nuno Lopes | 0d44a50 | 2012-07-03 21:15:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1337 | if (dyn_cast_or_null<UndefValue>(P->hasConstantValue())) |
Duncan Sands | 7dc3d47 | 2011-03-08 12:39:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1338 | break; |
| 1339 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1340 | Known.Zero.setAllBits(); |
| 1341 | Known.One.setAllBits(); |
Pete Cooper | 833f34d | 2015-05-12 20:05:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1342 | for (Value *IncValue : P->incoming_values()) { |
Dan Gohman | bf0002e | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1343 | // Skip direct self references. |
Pete Cooper | 833f34d | 2015-05-12 20:05:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1344 | if (IncValue == P) continue; |
Dan Gohman | bf0002e | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1345 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1346 | Known2 = KnownBits(BitWidth); |
Dan Gohman | bf0002e | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1347 | // Recurse, but cap the recursion to one level, because we don't |
| 1348 | // want to waste time spinning around in loops. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1349 | computeKnownBits(IncValue, Known2, MaxDepth - 1, Q); |
| 1350 | Known.Zero &= Known2.Zero; |
| 1351 | Known.One &= Known2.One; |
Dan Gohman | bf0002e | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1352 | // If all bits have been ruled out, there's no need to check |
| 1353 | // more operands. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1354 | if (!Known.Zero && !Known.One) |
Dan Gohman | bf0002e | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1355 | break; |
| 1356 | } |
| 1357 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1358 | break; |
| 1359 | } |
| 1360 | case Instruction::Call: |
Jingyue Wu | 37fcb59 | 2014-06-19 16:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1361 | case Instruction::Invoke: |
Hal Finkel | 6fd5e1f | 2016-07-11 02:25:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1362 | // If range metadata is attached to this call, set known bits from that, |
| 1363 | // and then intersect with known bits based on other properties of the |
| 1364 | // function. |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | de36e80 | 2014-11-11 21:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1365 | if (MDNode *MD = cast<Instruction>(I)->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) |
Craig Topper | f42b23f | 2017-04-28 06:28:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1366 | computeKnownBitsFromRangeMetadata(*MD, Known); |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1367 | if (const Value *RV = ImmutableCallSite(I).getReturnedArgOperand()) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1368 | computeKnownBits(RV, Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 1369 | Known.Zero |= Known2.Zero; |
| 1370 | Known.One |= Known2.One; |
Hal Finkel | 6fd5e1f | 2016-07-11 02:25:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1371 | } |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1372 | if (const IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I)) { |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1373 | switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) { |
| 1374 | default: break; |
Chad Rosier | 8520429 | 2017-01-17 17:23:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1375 | case Intrinsic::bitreverse: |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1376 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 1377 | Known.Zero |= Known2.Zero.reverseBits(); |
| 1378 | Known.One |= Known2.One.reverseBits(); |
Chad Rosier | 8520429 | 2017-01-17 17:23:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1379 | break; |
Philip Reames | 675418e | 2015-10-06 20:20:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 | case Intrinsic::bswap: |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1381 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 1382 | Known.Zero |= Known2.Zero.byteSwap(); |
| 1383 | Known.One |= Known2.One.byteSwap(); |
Philip Reames | 675418e | 2015-10-06 20:20:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1384 | break; |
Craig Topper | 868813f | 2017-05-08 17:22:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1385 | case Intrinsic::ctlz: { |
| 1386 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 1387 | // If we have a known 1, its position is our upper bound. |
| 1388 | unsigned PossibleLZ = Known2.One.countLeadingZeros(); |
Benjamin Kramer | 4ee5747 | 2011-12-24 17:31:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1389 | // If this call is undefined for 0, the result will be less than 2^n. |
| 1390 | if (II->getArgOperand(1) == ConstantInt::getTrue(II->getContext())) |
Craig Topper | 868813f | 2017-05-08 17:22:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1391 | PossibleLZ = std::min(PossibleLZ, BitWidth - 1); |
| 1392 | unsigned LowBits = Log2_32(PossibleLZ)+1; |
| 1393 | Known.Zero.setBitsFrom(LowBits); |
| 1394 | break; |
| 1395 | } |
| 1396 | case Intrinsic::cttz: { |
| 1397 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 1398 | // If we have a known 1, its position is our upper bound. |
| 1399 | unsigned PossibleTZ = Known2.One.countTrailingZeros(); |
| 1400 | // If this call is undefined for 0, the result will be less than 2^n. |
| 1401 | if (II->getArgOperand(1) == ConstantInt::getTrue(II->getContext())) |
| 1402 | PossibleTZ = std::min(PossibleTZ, BitWidth - 1); |
| 1403 | unsigned LowBits = Log2_32(PossibleTZ)+1; |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1404 | Known.Zero.setBitsFrom(LowBits); |
Benjamin Kramer | 4ee5747 | 2011-12-24 17:31:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1405 | break; |
| 1406 | } |
| 1407 | case Intrinsic::ctpop: { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1408 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Philip Reames | ddcf6b3 | 2015-10-14 22:42:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1409 | // We can bound the space the count needs. Also, bits known to be zero |
| 1410 | // can't contribute to the population. |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1411 | unsigned BitsPossiblySet = Known2.countMaxPopulation(); |
Craig Topper | 66df10f | 2017-04-14 06:43:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1412 | unsigned LowBits = Log2_32(BitsPossiblySet)+1; |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1413 | Known.Zero.setBitsFrom(LowBits); |
Philip Reames | ddcf6b3 | 2015-10-14 22:42:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1414 | // TODO: we could bound KnownOne using the lower bound on the number |
| 1415 | // of bits which might be set provided by popcnt KnownOne2. |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1416 | break; |
| 1417 | } |
Chad Rosier | b362884 | 2011-05-26 23:13:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1418 | case Intrinsic::x86_sse42_crc32_64_64: |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1419 | Known.Zero.setBitsFrom(32); |
Evan Cheng | 2a746bf | 2011-05-22 18:25:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1420 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1421 | } |
| 1422 | } |
| 1423 | break; |
Bjorn Pettersson | 3961603 | 2016-10-06 09:56:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1424 | case Instruction::ExtractElement: |
| 1425 | // Look through extract element. At the moment we keep this simple and skip |
| 1426 | // tracking the specific element. But at least we might find information |
| 1427 | // valid for all elements of the vector (for example if vector is sign |
| 1428 | // extended, shifted, etc). |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1429 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
Bjorn Pettersson | 3961603 | 2016-10-06 09:56:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1430 | break; |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1431 | case Instruction::ExtractValue: |
| 1432 | if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I->getOperand(0))) { |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1433 | const ExtractValueInst *EVI = cast<ExtractValueInst>(I); |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1434 | if (EVI->getNumIndices() != 1) break; |
| 1435 | if (EVI->getIndices()[0] == 0) { |
| 1436 | switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) { |
| 1437 | default: break; |
| 1438 | case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow: |
| 1439 | case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow: |
Jay Foad | a0653a3 | 2014-05-14 21:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1440 | computeKnownBitsAddSub(true, II->getArgOperand(0), |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1441 | II->getArgOperand(1), false, Known, Known2, |
| 1442 | Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1443 | break; |
| 1444 | case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow: |
| 1445 | case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow: |
Jay Foad | a0653a3 | 2014-05-14 21:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1446 | computeKnownBitsAddSub(false, II->getArgOperand(0), |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1447 | II->getArgOperand(1), false, Known, Known2, |
| 1448 | Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1449 | break; |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1450 | case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow: |
| 1451 | case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow: |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1452 | computeKnownBitsMul(II->getArgOperand(0), II->getArgOperand(1), false, |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1453 | Known, Known2, Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1454 | break; |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1455 | } |
| 1456 | } |
| 1457 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1458 | } |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1459 | } |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 | /// Determine which bits of V are known to be either zero or one and return |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1462 | /// them. |
| 1463 | KnownBits computeKnownBits(const Value *V, unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) { |
| 1464 | KnownBits Known(getBitWidth(V->getType(), Q.DL)); |
| 1465 | computeKnownBits(V, Known, Depth, Q); |
| 1466 | return Known; |
| 1467 | } |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 | /// Determine which bits of V are known to be either zero or one and return |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1470 | /// them in the Known bit set. |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1471 | /// |
| 1472 | /// NOTE: we cannot consider 'undef' to be "IsZero" here. The problem is that |
| 1473 | /// we cannot optimize based on the assumption that it is zero without changing |
| 1474 | /// it to be an explicit zero. If we don't change it to zero, other code could |
| 1475 | /// optimized based on the contradictory assumption that it is non-zero. |
| 1476 | /// Because instcombine aggressively folds operations with undef args anyway, |
| 1477 | /// this won't lose us code quality. |
| 1478 | /// |
| 1479 | /// This function is defined on values with integer type, values with pointer |
| 1480 | /// type, and vectors of integers. In the case |
| 1481 | /// where V is a vector, known zero, and known one values are the |
| 1482 | /// same width as the vector element, and the bit is set only if it is true |
| 1483 | /// for all of the elements in the vector. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1484 | void computeKnownBits(const Value *V, KnownBits &Known, unsigned Depth, |
| 1485 | const Query &Q) { |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1486 | assert(V && "No Value?"); |
| 1487 | assert(Depth <= MaxDepth && "Limit Search Depth"); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1488 | unsigned BitWidth = Known.getBitWidth(); |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1489 | |
Craig Topper | fde4723 | 2017-07-09 07:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1490 | assert((V->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy(BitWidth) || |
Craig Topper | 95d2347 | 2017-07-09 07:04:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1491 | V->getType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy()) && |
Sanjay Patel | dba8b4c | 2016-06-02 20:01:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1492 | "Not integer or pointer type!"); |
Craig Topper | fde4723 | 2017-07-09 07:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1493 | assert(Q.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()->getScalarType()) == BitWidth && |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1494 | "V and Known should have same BitWidth"); |
Craig Topper | d73c6b4 | 2017-03-23 07:06:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1495 | (void)BitWidth; |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1496 | |
Sanjay Patel | c96f6db | 2016-09-16 21:20:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1497 | const APInt *C; |
| 1498 | if (match(V, m_APInt(C))) { |
| 1499 | // We know all of the bits for a scalar constant or a splat vector constant! |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1500 | Known.One = *C; |
| 1501 | Known.Zero = ~Known.One; |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1502 | return; |
| 1503 | } |
| 1504 | // Null and aggregate-zero are all-zeros. |
Sanjay Patel | e8dc090 | 2016-05-23 17:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1505 | if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V) || isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(V)) { |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1506 | Known.setAllZero(); |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1507 | return; |
| 1508 | } |
| 1509 | // Handle a constant vector by taking the intersection of the known bits of |
David Majnemer | 3918cdd | 2016-05-04 06:13:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1510 | // each element. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1511 | if (const ConstantDataSequential *CDS = dyn_cast<ConstantDataSequential>(V)) { |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1512 | // We know that CDS must be a vector of integers. Take the intersection of |
| 1513 | // each element. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1514 | Known.Zero.setAllBits(); Known.One.setAllBits(); |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1515 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = CDS->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { |
Craig Topper | b98ee58 | 2017-10-21 16:35:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1516 | APInt Elt = CDS->getElementAsAPInt(i); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1517 | Known.Zero &= ~Elt; |
| 1518 | Known.One &= Elt; |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1519 | } |
| 1520 | return; |
| 1521 | } |
| 1522 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1523 | if (const auto *CV = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(V)) { |
David Majnemer | 3918cdd | 2016-05-04 06:13:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1524 | // We know that CV must be a vector of integers. Take the intersection of |
| 1525 | // each element. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1526 | Known.Zero.setAllBits(); Known.One.setAllBits(); |
David Majnemer | 3918cdd | 2016-05-04 06:13:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1527 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = CV->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 1528 | Constant *Element = CV->getAggregateElement(i); |
| 1529 | auto *ElementCI = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(Element); |
| 1530 | if (!ElementCI) { |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1531 | Known.resetAll(); |
David Majnemer | 3918cdd | 2016-05-04 06:13:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1532 | return; |
| 1533 | } |
Craig Topper | b98ee58 | 2017-10-21 16:35:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1534 | const APInt &Elt = ElementCI->getValue(); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1535 | Known.Zero &= ~Elt; |
| 1536 | Known.One &= Elt; |
David Majnemer | 3918cdd | 2016-05-04 06:13:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1537 | } |
| 1538 | return; |
| 1539 | } |
| 1540 | |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1541 | // Start out not knowing anything. |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1542 | Known.resetAll(); |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1543 | |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | b1b208a | 2016-09-24 20:42:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1544 | // We can't imply anything about undefs. |
| 1545 | if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) |
| 1546 | return; |
| 1547 | |
| 1548 | // There's no point in looking through other users of ConstantData for |
| 1549 | // assumptions. Confirm that we've handled them all. |
| 1550 | assert(!isa<ConstantData>(V) && "Unhandled constant data!"); |
| 1551 | |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1552 | // Limit search depth. |
| 1553 | // All recursive calls that increase depth must come after this. |
| 1554 | if (Depth == MaxDepth) |
| 1555 | return; |
| 1556 | |
| 1557 | // A weak GlobalAlias is totally unknown. A non-weak GlobalAlias has |
| 1558 | // the bits of its aliasee. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1559 | if (const GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V)) { |
Sanjoy Das | 5ce3272 | 2016-04-08 00:48:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1560 | if (!GA->isInterposable()) |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1561 | computeKnownBits(GA->getAliasee(), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1562 | return; |
| 1563 | } |
| 1564 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1565 | if (const Operator *I = dyn_cast<Operator>(V)) |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1566 | computeKnownBitsFromOperator(I, Known, Depth, Q); |
Sanjay Patel | a67559c | 2015-09-25 20:12:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1567 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1568 | // Aligned pointers have trailing zeros - refine Known.Zero set |
Artur Pilipenko | 029d853 | 2015-09-30 11:55:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1569 | if (V->getType()->isPointerTy()) { |
Artur Pilipenko | ae51afc | 2016-02-24 12:25:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1570 | unsigned Align = V->getPointerAlignment(Q.DL); |
Artur Pilipenko | 029d853 | 2015-09-30 11:55:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1571 | if (Align) |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1572 | Known.Zero.setLowBits(countTrailingZeros(Align)); |
Artur Pilipenko | 029d853 | 2015-09-30 11:55:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1573 | } |
| 1574 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1575 | // computeKnownBitsFromAssume strictly refines Known. |
| 1576 | // Therefore, we run them after computeKnownBitsFromOperator. |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1577 | |
| 1578 | // Check whether a nearby assume intrinsic can determine some known bits. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1579 | computeKnownBitsFromAssume(V, Known, Depth, Q); |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1580 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1581 | assert((Known.Zero & Known.One) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?"); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1582 | } |
| 1583 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1584 | /// Return true if the given value is known to have exactly one |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1585 | /// bit set when defined. For vectors return true if every element is known to |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1586 | /// be a power of two when defined. Supports values with integer or pointer |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1587 | /// types and vectors of integers. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1588 | bool isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(const Value *V, bool OrZero, unsigned Depth, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1589 | const Query &Q) { |
Craig Topper | 7227eba | 2017-08-21 22:56:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1590 | assert(Depth <= MaxDepth && "Limit Search Depth"); |
| 1591 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1592 | if (const Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) { |
Duncan Sands | ba286d7 | 2011-10-26 20:55:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1593 | if (C->isNullValue()) |
| 1594 | return OrZero; |
Sanjay Patel | e2e89ef | 2016-05-22 15:41:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1595 | |
| 1596 | const APInt *ConstIntOrConstSplatInt; |
| 1597 | if (match(C, m_APInt(ConstIntOrConstSplatInt))) |
| 1598 | return ConstIntOrConstSplatInt->isPowerOf2(); |
Duncan Sands | ba286d7 | 2011-10-26 20:55:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1599 | } |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1600 | |
| 1601 | // 1 << X is clearly a power of two if the one is not shifted off the end. If |
| 1602 | // it is shifted off the end then the result is undefined. |
| 1603 | if (match(V, m_Shl(m_One(), m_Value()))) |
| 1604 | return true; |
| 1605 | |
Craig Topper | bcfd2d1 | 2017-04-20 16:56:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1606 | // (signmask) >>l X is clearly a power of two if the one is not shifted off |
| 1607 | // the bottom. If it is shifted off the bottom then the result is undefined. |
| 1608 | if (match(V, m_LShr(m_SignMask(), m_Value()))) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1609 | return true; |
| 1610 | |
| 1611 | // The remaining tests are all recursive, so bail out if we hit the limit. |
| 1612 | if (Depth++ == MaxDepth) |
| 1613 | return false; |
| 1614 | |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1615 | Value *X = nullptr, *Y = nullptr; |
Sanjay Patel | 41160c2 | 2015-12-30 22:40:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1616 | // A shift left or a logical shift right of a power of two is a power of two |
| 1617 | // or zero. |
Duncan Sands | 985ba63 | 2011-10-28 18:30:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1618 | if (OrZero && (match(V, m_Shl(m_Value(X), m_Value())) || |
Sanjay Patel | 41160c2 | 2015-12-30 22:40:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1619 | match(V, m_LShr(m_Value(X), m_Value())))) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1620 | return isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(X, /*OrZero*/ true, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | 985ba63 | 2011-10-28 18:30:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1621 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1622 | if (const ZExtInst *ZI = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(V)) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1623 | return isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(ZI->getOperand(0), OrZero, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1624 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1625 | if (const SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1626 | return isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(SI->getTrueValue(), OrZero, Depth, Q) && |
| 1627 | isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(SI->getFalseValue(), OrZero, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | ba286d7 | 2011-10-26 20:55:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1628 | |
Duncan Sands | ba286d7 | 2011-10-26 20:55:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1629 | if (OrZero && match(V, m_And(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) { |
| 1630 | // A power of two and'd with anything is a power of two or zero. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1631 | if (isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(X, /*OrZero*/ true, Depth, Q) || |
| 1632 | isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Y, /*OrZero*/ true, Depth, Q)) |
Duncan Sands | ba286d7 | 2011-10-26 20:55:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1633 | return true; |
| 1634 | // X & (-X) is always a power of two or zero. |
| 1635 | if (match(X, m_Neg(m_Specific(Y))) || match(Y, m_Neg(m_Specific(X)))) |
| 1636 | return true; |
| 1637 | return false; |
| 1638 | } |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1639 | |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1640 | // Adding a power-of-two or zero to the same power-of-two or zero yields |
| 1641 | // either the original power-of-two, a larger power-of-two or zero. |
| 1642 | if (match(V, m_Add(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) { |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1643 | const OverflowingBinaryOperator *VOBO = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(V); |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1644 | if (OrZero || VOBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap() || VOBO->hasNoSignedWrap()) { |
| 1645 | if (match(X, m_And(m_Specific(Y), m_Value())) || |
| 1646 | match(X, m_And(m_Value(), m_Specific(Y)))) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1647 | if (isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Y, OrZero, Depth, Q)) |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1648 | return true; |
| 1649 | if (match(Y, m_And(m_Specific(X), m_Value())) || |
| 1650 | match(Y, m_And(m_Value(), m_Specific(X)))) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1651 | if (isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(X, OrZero, Depth, Q)) |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1652 | return true; |
| 1653 | |
| 1654 | unsigned BitWidth = V->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1655 | KnownBits LHSBits(BitWidth); |
| 1656 | computeKnownBits(X, LHSBits, Depth, Q); |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1657 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1658 | KnownBits RHSBits(BitWidth); |
| 1659 | computeKnownBits(Y, RHSBits, Depth, Q); |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1660 | // If i8 V is a power of two or zero: |
| 1661 | // ZeroBits: 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 |
| 1662 | // ~ZeroBits: 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1663 | if ((~(LHSBits.Zero & RHSBits.Zero)).isPowerOf2()) |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1664 | // If OrZero isn't set, we cannot give back a zero result. |
| 1665 | // Make sure either the LHS or RHS has a bit set. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1666 | if (OrZero || RHSBits.One.getBoolValue() || LHSBits.One.getBoolValue()) |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1667 | return true; |
| 1668 | } |
| 1669 | } |
David Majnemer | beab567 | 2013-05-18 19:30:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1670 | |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1671 | // An exact divide or right shift can only shift off zero bits, so the result |
Nick Lewycky | f0469af | 2011-03-21 21:40:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1672 | // is a power of two only if the first operand is a power of two and not |
| 1673 | // copying a sign bit (sdiv int_min, 2). |
Benjamin Kramer | 9442cd0 | 2012-01-01 17:55:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1674 | if (match(V, m_Exact(m_LShr(m_Value(), m_Value()))) || |
| 1675 | match(V, m_Exact(m_UDiv(m_Value(), m_Value())))) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1676 | return isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(cast<Operator>(V)->getOperand(0), OrZero, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1677 | Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1678 | } |
| 1679 | |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1680 | return false; |
| 1681 | } |
| 1682 | |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1683 | /// \brief Test whether a GEP's result is known to be non-null. |
| 1684 | /// |
| 1685 | /// Uses properties inherent in a GEP to try to determine whether it is known |
| 1686 | /// to be non-null. |
| 1687 | /// |
| 1688 | /// Currently this routine does not support vector GEPs. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1689 | static bool isGEPKnownNonNull(const GEPOperator *GEP, unsigned Depth, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1690 | const Query &Q) { |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1691 | if (!GEP->isInBounds() || GEP->getPointerAddressSpace() != 0) |
| 1692 | return false; |
| 1693 | |
| 1694 | // FIXME: Support vector-GEPs. |
| 1695 | assert(GEP->getType()->isPointerTy() && "We only support plain pointer GEP"); |
| 1696 | |
| 1697 | // If the base pointer is non-null, we cannot walk to a null address with an |
| 1698 | // inbounds GEP in address space zero. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1699 | if (isKnownNonZero(GEP->getPointerOperand(), Depth, Q)) |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1700 | return true; |
| 1701 | |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1702 | // Walk the GEP operands and see if any operand introduces a non-zero offset. |
| 1703 | // If so, then the GEP cannot produce a null pointer, as doing so would |
| 1704 | // inherently violate the inbounds contract within address space zero. |
| 1705 | for (gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP), GTE = gep_type_end(GEP); |
| 1706 | GTI != GTE; ++GTI) { |
| 1707 | // Struct types are easy -- they must always be indexed by a constant. |
Peter Collingbourne | ab85225b | 2016-12-02 02:24:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1708 | if (StructType *STy = GTI.getStructTypeOrNull()) { |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1709 | ConstantInt *OpC = cast<ConstantInt>(GTI.getOperand()); |
| 1710 | unsigned ElementIdx = OpC->getZExtValue(); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1711 | const StructLayout *SL = Q.DL.getStructLayout(STy); |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1712 | uint64_t ElementOffset = SL->getElementOffset(ElementIdx); |
| 1713 | if (ElementOffset > 0) |
| 1714 | return true; |
| 1715 | continue; |
| 1716 | } |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 | // If we have a zero-sized type, the index doesn't matter. Keep looping. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1719 | if (Q.DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) == 0) |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1720 | continue; |
| 1721 | |
| 1722 | // Fast path the constant operand case both for efficiency and so we don't |
| 1723 | // increment Depth when just zipping down an all-constant GEP. |
| 1724 | if (ConstantInt *OpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GTI.getOperand())) { |
| 1725 | if (!OpC->isZero()) |
| 1726 | return true; |
| 1727 | continue; |
| 1728 | } |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 | // We post-increment Depth here because while isKnownNonZero increments it |
| 1731 | // as well, when we pop back up that increment won't persist. We don't want |
| 1732 | // to recurse 10k times just because we have 10k GEP operands. We don't |
| 1733 | // bail completely out because we want to handle constant GEPs regardless |
| 1734 | // of depth. |
| 1735 | if (Depth++ >= MaxDepth) |
| 1736 | continue; |
| 1737 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1738 | if (isKnownNonZero(GTI.getOperand(), Depth, Q)) |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1739 | return true; |
| 1740 | } |
| 1741 | |
| 1742 | return false; |
| 1743 | } |
| 1744 | |
Nuno Lopes | 404f106 | 2017-09-09 18:23:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1745 | static bool isKnownNonNullFromDominatingCondition(const Value *V, |
| 1746 | const Instruction *CtxI, |
| 1747 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
| 1748 | assert(V->getType()->isPointerTy() && "V must be pointer type"); |
| 1749 | assert(!isa<ConstantData>(V) && "Did not expect ConstantPointerNull"); |
| 1750 | |
| 1751 | if (!CtxI || !DT) |
| 1752 | return false; |
| 1753 | |
| 1754 | unsigned NumUsesExplored = 0; |
| 1755 | for (auto *U : V->users()) { |
| 1756 | // Avoid massive lists |
| 1757 | if (NumUsesExplored >= DomConditionsMaxUses) |
| 1758 | break; |
| 1759 | NumUsesExplored++; |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 | // If the value is used as an argument to a call or invoke, then argument |
| 1762 | // attributes may provide an answer about null-ness. |
| 1763 | if (auto CS = ImmutableCallSite(U)) |
| 1764 | if (auto *CalledFunc = CS.getCalledFunction()) |
| 1765 | for (const Argument &Arg : CalledFunc->args()) |
| 1766 | if (CS.getArgOperand(Arg.getArgNo()) == V && |
| 1767 | Arg.hasNonNullAttr() && DT->dominates(CS.getInstruction(), CtxI)) |
| 1768 | return true; |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 | // Consider only compare instructions uniquely controlling a branch |
| 1771 | CmpInst::Predicate Pred; |
| 1772 | if (!match(const_cast<User *>(U), |
| 1773 | m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Specific(V), m_Zero())) || |
| 1774 | (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)) |
| 1775 | continue; |
| 1776 | |
| 1777 | for (auto *CmpU : U->users()) { |
| 1778 | if (const BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(CmpU)) { |
| 1779 | assert(BI->isConditional() && "uses a comparison!"); |
| 1780 | |
| 1781 | BasicBlock *NonNullSuccessor = |
| 1782 | BI->getSuccessor(Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ ? 1 : 0); |
| 1783 | BasicBlockEdge Edge(BI->getParent(), NonNullSuccessor); |
| 1784 | if (Edge.isSingleEdge() && DT->dominates(Edge, CtxI->getParent())) |
| 1785 | return true; |
| 1786 | } else if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE && |
| 1787 | match(CmpU, m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::experimental_guard>()) && |
| 1788 | DT->dominates(cast<Instruction>(CmpU), CtxI)) { |
| 1789 | return true; |
| 1790 | } |
| 1791 | } |
| 1792 | } |
| 1793 | |
| 1794 | return false; |
| 1795 | } |
| 1796 | |
Philip Reames | 4cb4d3e | 2014-10-30 20:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1797 | /// Does the 'Range' metadata (which must be a valid MD_range operand list) |
| 1798 | /// ensure that the value it's attached to is never Value? 'RangeType' is |
| 1799 | /// is the type of the value described by the range. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1800 | static bool rangeMetadataExcludesValue(const MDNode* Ranges, const APInt& Value) { |
Philip Reames | 4cb4d3e | 2014-10-30 20:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1801 | const unsigned NumRanges = Ranges->getNumOperands() / 2; |
| 1802 | assert(NumRanges >= 1); |
| 1803 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumRanges; ++i) { |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 5bf8fef | 2014-12-09 18:38:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1804 | ConstantInt *Lower = |
| 1805 | mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(Ranges->getOperand(2 * i + 0)); |
| 1806 | ConstantInt *Upper = |
| 1807 | mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(Ranges->getOperand(2 * i + 1)); |
Philip Reames | 4cb4d3e | 2014-10-30 20:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1808 | ConstantRange Range(Lower->getValue(), Upper->getValue()); |
| 1809 | if (Range.contains(Value)) |
| 1810 | return false; |
| 1811 | } |
| 1812 | return true; |
| 1813 | } |
| 1814 | |
Sanjay Patel | 97e4b987 | 2017-02-12 15:35:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1815 | /// Return true if the given value is known to be non-zero when defined. For |
| 1816 | /// vectors, return true if every element is known to be non-zero when |
| 1817 | /// defined. For pointers, if the context instruction and dominator tree are |
| 1818 | /// specified, perform context-sensitive analysis and return true if the |
| 1819 | /// pointer couldn't possibly be null at the specified instruction. |
| 1820 | /// Supports values with integer or pointer type and vectors of integers. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1821 | bool isKnownNonZero(const Value *V, unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) { |
Sanjay Patel | 8ec7e7c | 2016-05-22 16:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1822 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) { |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1823 | if (C->isNullValue()) |
| 1824 | return false; |
| 1825 | if (isa<ConstantInt>(C)) |
| 1826 | // Must be non-zero due to null test above. |
| 1827 | return true; |
Sanjay Patel | 23019d1 | 2016-05-24 14:18:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1828 | |
| 1829 | // For constant vectors, check that all elements are undefined or known |
| 1830 | // non-zero to determine that the whole vector is known non-zero. |
| 1831 | if (auto *VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(C->getType())) { |
| 1832 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = VecTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 1833 | Constant *Elt = C->getAggregateElement(i); |
| 1834 | if (!Elt || Elt->isNullValue()) |
| 1835 | return false; |
| 1836 | if (!isa<UndefValue>(Elt) && !isa<ConstantInt>(Elt)) |
| 1837 | return false; |
| 1838 | } |
| 1839 | return true; |
| 1840 | } |
| 1841 | |
Nuno Lopes | 404f106 | 2017-09-09 18:23:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1842 | // A global variable in address space 0 is non null unless extern weak |
| 1843 | // or an absolute symbol reference. Other address spaces may have null as a |
| 1844 | // valid address for a global, so we can't assume anything. |
| 1845 | if (const GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(V)) { |
| 1846 | if (!GV->isAbsoluteSymbolRef() && !GV->hasExternalWeakLinkage() && |
| 1847 | GV->getType()->getAddressSpace() == 0) |
| 1848 | return true; |
| 1849 | } else |
| 1850 | return false; |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1851 | } |
| 1852 | |
Sanjay Patel | 8ec7e7c | 2016-05-22 16:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1853 | if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) { |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | de36e80 | 2014-11-11 21:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1854 | if (MDNode *Ranges = I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) { |
Philip Reames | 4cb4d3e | 2014-10-30 20:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1855 | // If the possible ranges don't contain zero, then the value is |
| 1856 | // definitely non-zero. |
Sanjay Patel | 8ec7e7c | 2016-05-22 16:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1857 | if (auto *Ty = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())) { |
Philip Reames | 4cb4d3e | 2014-10-30 20:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1858 | const APInt ZeroValue(Ty->getBitWidth(), 0); |
| 1859 | if (rangeMetadataExcludesValue(Ranges, ZeroValue)) |
| 1860 | return true; |
| 1861 | } |
| 1862 | } |
| 1863 | } |
| 1864 | |
Nuno Lopes | 404f106 | 2017-09-09 18:23:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1865 | // Check for pointer simplifications. |
| 1866 | if (V->getType()->isPointerTy()) { |
| 1867 | // Alloca never returns null, malloc might. |
| 1868 | if (isa<AllocaInst>(V) && Q.DL.getAllocaAddrSpace() == 0) |
| 1869 | return true; |
| 1870 | |
| 1871 | // A byval, inalloca, or nonnull argument is never null. |
| 1872 | if (const Argument *A = dyn_cast<Argument>(V)) |
| 1873 | if (A->hasByValOrInAllocaAttr() || A->hasNonNullAttr()) |
| 1874 | return true; |
| 1875 | |
| 1876 | // A Load tagged with nonnull metadata is never null. |
| 1877 | if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(V)) |
| 1878 | if (LI->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_nonnull)) |
| 1879 | return true; |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 | if (auto CS = ImmutableCallSite(V)) |
| 1882 | if (CS.isReturnNonNull()) |
| 1883 | return true; |
| 1884 | } |
| 1885 | |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1886 | // The remaining tests are all recursive, so bail out if we hit the limit. |
Duncan Sands | 7cb61e5 | 2011-10-27 19:16:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1887 | if (Depth++ >= MaxDepth) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1888 | return false; |
| 1889 | |
Nuno Lopes | 404f106 | 2017-09-09 18:23:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1890 | // Check for recursive pointer simplifications. |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1891 | if (V->getType()->isPointerTy()) { |
Nuno Lopes | 404f106 | 2017-09-09 18:23:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1892 | if (isKnownNonNullFromDominatingCondition(V, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) |
Sanjoy Das | 6082c1a | 2016-05-07 02:08:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1893 | return true; |
Nuno Lopes | 404f106 | 2017-09-09 18:23:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1894 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1895 | if (const GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(V)) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1896 | if (isGEPKnownNonNull(GEP, Depth, Q)) |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1897 | return true; |
| 1898 | } |
| 1899 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1900 | unsigned BitWidth = getBitWidth(V->getType()->getScalarType(), Q.DL); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1901 | |
| 1902 | // X | Y != 0 if X != 0 or Y != 0. |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1903 | Value *X = nullptr, *Y = nullptr; |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1904 | if (match(V, m_Or(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1905 | return isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q) || isKnownNonZero(Y, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1906 | |
| 1907 | // ext X != 0 if X != 0. |
| 1908 | if (isa<SExtInst>(V) || isa<ZExtInst>(V)) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1909 | return isKnownNonZero(cast<Instruction>(V)->getOperand(0), Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1910 | |
Duncan Sands | 2e9e4f1 | 2011-01-29 13:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1911 | // shl X, Y != 0 if X is odd. Note that the value of the shift is undefined |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1912 | // if the lowest bit is shifted off the end. |
Craig Topper | 6b3940a | 2017-05-03 22:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1913 | if (match(V, m_Shl(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) { |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1914 | // shl nuw can't remove any non-zero bits. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1915 | const OverflowingBinaryOperator *BO = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(V); |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1916 | if (BO->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1917 | return isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1918 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1919 | KnownBits Known(BitWidth); |
| 1920 | computeKnownBits(X, Known, Depth, Q); |
| 1921 | if (Known.One[0]) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1922 | return true; |
| 1923 | } |
Duncan Sands | 2e9e4f1 | 2011-01-29 13:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1924 | // shr X, Y != 0 if X is negative. Note that the value of the shift is not |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1925 | // defined if the sign bit is shifted off the end. |
| 1926 | else if (match(V, m_Shr(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) { |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1927 | // shr exact can only shift out zero bits. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1928 | const PossiblyExactOperator *BO = cast<PossiblyExactOperator>(V); |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1929 | if (BO->isExact()) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1930 | return isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1931 | |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1932 | KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(X, Depth, Q); |
| 1933 | if (Known.isNegative()) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1934 | return true; |
James Molloy | b6be1eb | 2015-09-24 16:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1935 | |
| 1936 | // If the shifter operand is a constant, and all of the bits shifted |
| 1937 | // out are known to be zero, and X is known non-zero then at least one |
| 1938 | // non-zero bit must remain. |
| 1939 | if (ConstantInt *Shift = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Y)) { |
James Molloy | b6be1eb | 2015-09-24 16:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1940 | auto ShiftVal = Shift->getLimitedValue(BitWidth - 1); |
| 1941 | // Is there a known one in the portion not shifted out? |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1942 | if (Known.countMaxLeadingZeros() < BitWidth - ShiftVal) |
James Molloy | b6be1eb | 2015-09-24 16:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1943 | return true; |
| 1944 | // Are all the bits to be shifted out known zero? |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 76bab1f | 2017-07-11 02:31:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1945 | if (Known.countMinTrailingZeros() >= ShiftVal) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1946 | return isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q); |
James Molloy | b6be1eb | 2015-09-24 16:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1947 | } |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1948 | } |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1949 | // div exact can only produce a zero if the dividend is zero. |
Benjamin Kramer | 9442cd0 | 2012-01-01 17:55:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1950 | else if (match(V, m_Exact(m_IDiv(m_Value(X), m_Value())))) { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1951 | return isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1952 | } |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1953 | // X + Y. |
| 1954 | else if (match(V, m_Add(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) { |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1955 | KnownBits XKnown = computeKnownBits(X, Depth, Q); |
| 1956 | KnownBits YKnown = computeKnownBits(Y, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1957 | |
| 1958 | // If X and Y are both non-negative (as signed values) then their sum is not |
Duncan Sands | 9e9d5b2 | 2011-01-25 15:14:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1959 | // zero unless both X and Y are zero. |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1960 | if (XKnown.isNonNegative() && YKnown.isNonNegative()) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1961 | if (isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q) || isKnownNonZero(Y, Depth, Q)) |
Duncan Sands | 9e9d5b2 | 2011-01-25 15:14:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1962 | return true; |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1963 | |
| 1964 | // If X and Y are both negative (as signed values) then their sum is not |
| 1965 | // zero unless both X and Y equal INT_MIN. |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1966 | if (XKnown.isNegative() && YKnown.isNegative()) { |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1967 | APInt Mask = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth); |
| 1968 | // The sign bit of X is set. If some other bit is set then X is not equal |
| 1969 | // to INT_MIN. |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1970 | if (XKnown.One.intersects(Mask)) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1971 | return true; |
| 1972 | // The sign bit of Y is set. If some other bit is set then Y is not equal |
| 1973 | // to INT_MIN. |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1974 | if (YKnown.One.intersects(Mask)) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1975 | return true; |
| 1976 | } |
| 1977 | |
| 1978 | // The sum of a non-negative number and a power of two is not zero. |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1979 | if (XKnown.isNonNegative() && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1980 | isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Y, /*OrZero*/ false, Depth, Q)) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1981 | return true; |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1982 | if (YKnown.isNonNegative() && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1983 | isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(X, /*OrZero*/ false, Depth, Q)) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1984 | return true; |
| 1985 | } |
Duncan Sands | 7cb61e5 | 2011-10-27 19:16:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1986 | // X * Y. |
| 1987 | else if (match(V, m_Mul(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) { |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1988 | const OverflowingBinaryOperator *BO = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(V); |
Duncan Sands | 7cb61e5 | 2011-10-27 19:16:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1989 | // If X and Y are non-zero then so is X * Y as long as the multiplication |
| 1990 | // does not overflow. |
| 1991 | if ((BO->hasNoSignedWrap() || BO->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1992 | isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q) && isKnownNonZero(Y, Depth, Q)) |
Duncan Sands | 7cb61e5 | 2011-10-27 19:16:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1993 | return true; |
| 1994 | } |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1995 | // (C ? X : Y) != 0 if X != 0 and Y != 0. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1996 | else if (const SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1997 | if (isKnownNonZero(SI->getTrueValue(), Depth, Q) && |
| 1998 | isKnownNonZero(SI->getFalseValue(), Depth, Q)) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1999 | return true; |
| 2000 | } |
James Molloy | 897048b | 2015-09-29 14:08:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2001 | // PHI |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2002 | else if (const PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V)) { |
James Molloy | 897048b | 2015-09-29 14:08:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2003 | // Try and detect a recurrence that monotonically increases from a |
| 2004 | // starting value, as these are common as induction variables. |
| 2005 | if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() == 2) { |
| 2006 | Value *Start = PN->getIncomingValue(0); |
| 2007 | Value *Induction = PN->getIncomingValue(1); |
| 2008 | if (isa<ConstantInt>(Induction) && !isa<ConstantInt>(Start)) |
| 2009 | std::swap(Start, Induction); |
| 2010 | if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Start)) { |
| 2011 | if (!C->isZero() && !C->isNegative()) { |
| 2012 | ConstantInt *X; |
| 2013 | if ((match(Induction, m_NSWAdd(m_Specific(PN), m_ConstantInt(X))) || |
| 2014 | match(Induction, m_NUWAdd(m_Specific(PN), m_ConstantInt(X)))) && |
| 2015 | !X->isNegative()) |
| 2016 | return true; |
| 2017 | } |
| 2018 | } |
| 2019 | } |
Jun Bum Lim | ca83266 | 2016-02-01 17:03:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2020 | // Check if all incoming values are non-zero constant. |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2021 | bool AllNonZeroConstants = llvm::all_of(PN->operands(), [](Value *V) { |
Craig Topper | 79ab643 | 2017-07-06 18:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2022 | return isa<ConstantInt>(V) && !cast<ConstantInt>(V)->isZero(); |
Jun Bum Lim | ca83266 | 2016-02-01 17:03:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2023 | }); |
| 2024 | if (AllNonZeroConstants) |
| 2025 | return true; |
James Molloy | 897048b | 2015-09-29 14:08:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2026 | } |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2027 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2028 | KnownBits Known(BitWidth); |
| 2029 | computeKnownBits(V, Known, Depth, Q); |
| 2030 | return Known.One != 0; |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2031 | } |
| 2032 | |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2033 | /// Return true if V2 == V1 + X, where X is known non-zero. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2034 | static bool isAddOfNonZero(const Value *V1, const Value *V2, const Query &Q) { |
| 2035 | const BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(V1); |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2036 | if (!BO || BO->getOpcode() != Instruction::Add) |
| 2037 | return false; |
| 2038 | Value *Op = nullptr; |
| 2039 | if (V2 == BO->getOperand(0)) |
| 2040 | Op = BO->getOperand(1); |
| 2041 | else if (V2 == BO->getOperand(1)) |
| 2042 | Op = BO->getOperand(0); |
| 2043 | else |
| 2044 | return false; |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2045 | return isKnownNonZero(Op, 0, Q); |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2046 | } |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 | /// Return true if it is known that V1 != V2. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2049 | static bool isKnownNonEqual(const Value *V1, const Value *V2, const Query &Q) { |
Craig Topper | 3002d5b | 2017-06-06 07:13:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2050 | if (V1 == V2) |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2051 | return false; |
| 2052 | if (V1->getType() != V2->getType()) |
| 2053 | // We can't look through casts yet. |
| 2054 | return false; |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2055 | if (isAddOfNonZero(V1, V2, Q) || isAddOfNonZero(V2, V1, Q)) |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2056 | return true; |
| 2057 | |
Craig Topper | 3002d5b | 2017-06-06 07:13:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2058 | if (V1->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy()) { |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2059 | // Are any known bits in V1 contradictory to known bits in V2? If V1 |
| 2060 | // has a known zero where V2 has a known one, they must not be equal. |
Craig Topper | 8e662f7 | 2017-06-06 07:13:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2061 | KnownBits Known1 = computeKnownBits(V1, 0, Q); |
| 2062 | KnownBits Known2 = computeKnownBits(V2, 0, Q); |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2063 | |
Craig Topper | 8365df8 | 2017-06-06 07:13:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2064 | if (Known1.Zero.intersects(Known2.One) || |
| 2065 | Known2.Zero.intersects(Known1.One)) |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2066 | return true; |
| 2067 | } |
| 2068 | return false; |
| 2069 | } |
| 2070 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2071 | /// Return true if 'V & Mask' is known to be zero. We use this predicate to |
| 2072 | /// simplify operations downstream. Mask is known to be zero for bits that V |
| 2073 | /// cannot have. |
Chris Lattner | 4bc2825 | 2009-09-08 00:06:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2074 | /// |
| 2075 | /// This function is defined on values with integer type, values with pointer |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2076 | /// type, and vectors of integers. In the case |
Chris Lattner | 4bc2825 | 2009-09-08 00:06:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2077 | /// where V is a vector, the mask, known zero, and known one values are the |
| 2078 | /// same width as the vector element, and the bit is set only if it is true |
| 2079 | /// for all of the elements in the vector. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2080 | bool MaskedValueIsZero(const Value *V, const APInt &Mask, unsigned Depth, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2081 | const Query &Q) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2082 | KnownBits Known(Mask.getBitWidth()); |
| 2083 | computeKnownBits(V, Known, Depth, Q); |
| 2084 | return Mask.isSubsetOf(Known.Zero); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2085 | } |
| 2086 | |
Sanjay Patel | a06d989 | 2016-06-22 19:20:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2087 | /// For vector constants, loop over the elements and find the constant with the |
| 2088 | /// minimum number of sign bits. Return 0 if the value is not a vector constant |
| 2089 | /// or if any element was not analyzed; otherwise, return the count for the |
| 2090 | /// element with the minimum number of sign bits. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2091 | static unsigned computeNumSignBitsVectorConstant(const Value *V, |
| 2092 | unsigned TyBits) { |
| 2093 | const auto *CV = dyn_cast<Constant>(V); |
Sanjay Patel | a06d989 | 2016-06-22 19:20:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2094 | if (!CV || !CV->getType()->isVectorTy()) |
| 2095 | return 0; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2096 | |
Sanjay Patel | a06d989 | 2016-06-22 19:20:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2097 | unsigned MinSignBits = TyBits; |
| 2098 | unsigned NumElts = CV->getType()->getVectorNumElements(); |
| 2099 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) { |
| 2100 | // If we find a non-ConstantInt, bail out. |
| 2101 | auto *Elt = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(CV->getAggregateElement(i)); |
| 2102 | if (!Elt) |
| 2103 | return 0; |
| 2104 | |
Craig Topper | 8e8b6ef | 2017-10-21 16:35:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2105 | MinSignBits = std::min(MinSignBits, Elt->getValue().getNumSignBits()); |
Sanjay Patel | a06d989 | 2016-06-22 19:20:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2106 | } |
| 2107 | |
| 2108 | return MinSignBits; |
| 2109 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2110 | |
Sanjoy Das | 39a684d | 2017-02-25 20:30:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2111 | static unsigned ComputeNumSignBitsImpl(const Value *V, unsigned Depth, |
| 2112 | const Query &Q); |
| 2113 | |
| 2114 | static unsigned ComputeNumSignBits(const Value *V, unsigned Depth, |
| 2115 | const Query &Q) { |
| 2116 | unsigned Result = ComputeNumSignBitsImpl(V, Depth, Q); |
| 2117 | assert(Result > 0 && "At least one sign bit needs to be present!"); |
| 2118 | return Result; |
| 2119 | } |
| 2120 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2121 | /// Return the number of times the sign bit of the register is replicated into |
| 2122 | /// the other bits. We know that at least 1 bit is always equal to the sign bit |
| 2123 | /// (itself), but other cases can give us information. For example, immediately |
| 2124 | /// after an "ashr X, 2", we know that the top 3 bits are all equal to each |
Sanjay Patel | a06d989 | 2016-06-22 19:20:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2125 | /// other, so we return 3. For vectors, return the number of sign bits for the |
| 2126 | /// vector element with the mininum number of known sign bits. |
Sanjoy Das | 39a684d | 2017-02-25 20:30:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2127 | static unsigned ComputeNumSignBitsImpl(const Value *V, unsigned Depth, |
| 2128 | const Query &Q) { |
Craig Topper | 7227eba | 2017-08-21 22:56:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2129 | assert(Depth <= MaxDepth && "Limit Search Depth"); |
Sanjoy Das | 39a684d | 2017-02-25 20:30:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2130 | |
| 2131 | // We return the minimum number of sign bits that are guaranteed to be present |
| 2132 | // in V, so for undef we have to conservatively return 1. We don't have the |
| 2133 | // same behavior for poison though -- that's a FIXME today. |
| 2134 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2135 | unsigned TyBits = Q.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()->getScalarType()); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2136 | unsigned Tmp, Tmp2; |
| 2137 | unsigned FirstAnswer = 1; |
| 2138 | |
Jay Foad | a0653a3 | 2014-05-14 21:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2139 | // Note that ConstantInt is handled by the general computeKnownBits case |
Chris Lattner | 2e01a69 | 2008-06-02 18:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2140 | // below. |
| 2141 | |
Matt Arsenault | cb2a7eb | 2016-12-20 19:06:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2142 | if (Depth == MaxDepth) |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2143 | return 1; // Limit search depth. |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2144 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2145 | const Operator *U = dyn_cast<Operator>(V); |
Dan Gohman | 80ca01c | 2009-07-17 20:47:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2146 | switch (Operator::getOpcode(V)) { |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2147 | default: break; |
| 2148 | case Instruction::SExt: |
Mon P Wang | bb3eac9 | 2009-12-02 04:59:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2149 | Tmp = TyBits - U->getOperand(0)->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2150 | return ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q) + Tmp; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2151 | |
Nadav Rotem | c99a387 | 2015-03-06 00:23:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2152 | case Instruction::SDiv: { |
Nadav Rotem | 029c5c7 | 2015-03-03 21:39:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2153 | const APInt *Denominator; |
| 2154 | // sdiv X, C -> adds log(C) sign bits. |
| 2155 | if (match(U->getOperand(1), m_APInt(Denominator))) { |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 | // Ignore non-positive denominator. |
| 2158 | if (!Denominator->isStrictlyPositive()) |
| 2159 | break; |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 | // Calculate the incoming numerator bits. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2162 | unsigned NumBits = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Nadav Rotem | 029c5c7 | 2015-03-03 21:39:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2163 | |
| 2164 | // Add floor(log(C)) bits to the numerator bits. |
| 2165 | return std::min(TyBits, NumBits + Denominator->logBase2()); |
| 2166 | } |
| 2167 | break; |
Nadav Rotem | c99a387 | 2015-03-06 00:23:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2168 | } |
| 2169 | |
| 2170 | case Instruction::SRem: { |
| 2171 | const APInt *Denominator; |
Sanjoy Das | e561fee | 2015-03-25 22:33:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2172 | // srem X, C -> we know that the result is within [-C+1,C) when C is a |
| 2173 | // positive constant. This let us put a lower bound on the number of sign |
| 2174 | // bits. |
Nadav Rotem | c99a387 | 2015-03-06 00:23:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2175 | if (match(U->getOperand(1), m_APInt(Denominator))) { |
| 2176 | |
| 2177 | // Ignore non-positive denominator. |
| 2178 | if (!Denominator->isStrictlyPositive()) |
| 2179 | break; |
| 2180 | |
| 2181 | // Calculate the incoming numerator bits. SRem by a positive constant |
| 2182 | // can't lower the number of sign bits. |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2183 | unsigned NumrBits = |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2184 | ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Nadav Rotem | c99a387 | 2015-03-06 00:23:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2185 | |
| 2186 | // Calculate the leading sign bit constraints by examining the |
Sanjoy Das | e561fee | 2015-03-25 22:33:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2187 | // denominator. Given that the denominator is positive, there are two |
| 2188 | // cases: |
| 2189 | // |
| 2190 | // 1. the numerator is positive. The result range is [0,C) and [0,C) u< |
| 2191 | // (1 << ceilLogBase2(C)). |
| 2192 | // |
| 2193 | // 2. the numerator is negative. Then the result range is (-C,0] and |
| 2194 | // integers in (-C,0] are either 0 or >u (-1 << ceilLogBase2(C)). |
| 2195 | // |
| 2196 | // Thus a lower bound on the number of sign bits is `TyBits - |
| 2197 | // ceilLogBase2(C)`. |
Nadav Rotem | c99a387 | 2015-03-06 00:23:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2198 | |
Sanjoy Das | e561fee | 2015-03-25 22:33:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2199 | unsigned ResBits = TyBits - Denominator->ceilLogBase2(); |
Nadav Rotem | c99a387 | 2015-03-06 00:23:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2200 | return std::max(NumrBits, ResBits); |
| 2201 | } |
| 2202 | break; |
| 2203 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 029c5c7 | 2015-03-03 21:39:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2204 | |
Chris Lattner | 61a1d6c | 2012-01-26 21:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2205 | case Instruction::AShr: { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2206 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 61a1d6c | 2012-01-26 21:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2207 | // ashr X, C -> adds C sign bits. Vectors too. |
| 2208 | const APInt *ShAmt; |
| 2209 | if (match(U->getOperand(1), m_APInt(ShAmt))) { |
Sanjoy Das | 39a684d | 2017-02-25 20:30:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2210 | unsigned ShAmtLimited = ShAmt->getZExtValue(); |
| 2211 | if (ShAmtLimited >= TyBits) |
| 2212 | break; // Bad shift. |
| 2213 | Tmp += ShAmtLimited; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2214 | if (Tmp > TyBits) Tmp = TyBits; |
| 2215 | } |
| 2216 | return Tmp; |
Chris Lattner | 61a1d6c | 2012-01-26 21:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2217 | } |
| 2218 | case Instruction::Shl: { |
| 2219 | const APInt *ShAmt; |
| 2220 | if (match(U->getOperand(1), m_APInt(ShAmt))) { |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2221 | // shl destroys sign bits. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2222 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 61a1d6c | 2012-01-26 21:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2223 | Tmp2 = ShAmt->getZExtValue(); |
| 2224 | if (Tmp2 >= TyBits || // Bad shift. |
| 2225 | Tmp2 >= Tmp) break; // Shifted all sign bits out. |
| 2226 | return Tmp - Tmp2; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2227 | } |
| 2228 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 61a1d6c | 2012-01-26 21:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2229 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2230 | case Instruction::And: |
| 2231 | case Instruction::Or: |
| 2232 | case Instruction::Xor: // NOT is handled here. |
| 2233 | // Logical binary ops preserve the number of sign bits at the worst. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2234 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2235 | if (Tmp != 1) { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2236 | Tmp2 = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2237 | FirstAnswer = std::min(Tmp, Tmp2); |
| 2238 | // We computed what we know about the sign bits as our first |
| 2239 | // answer. Now proceed to the generic code that uses |
Jay Foad | a0653a3 | 2014-05-14 21:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2240 | // computeKnownBits, and pick whichever answer is better. |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2241 | } |
| 2242 | break; |
| 2243 | |
| 2244 | case Instruction::Select: |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2245 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2246 | if (Tmp == 1) return 1; // Early out. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2247 | Tmp2 = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(2), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2248 | return std::min(Tmp, Tmp2); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2249 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2250 | case Instruction::Add: |
| 2251 | // Add can have at most one carry bit. Thus we know that the output |
| 2252 | // is, at worst, one more bit than the inputs. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2253 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2254 | if (Tmp == 1) return 1; // Early out. |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2255 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2256 | // Special case decrementing a value (ADD X, -1): |
David Majnemer | a55027f | 2014-12-26 09:20:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2257 | if (const auto *CRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(U->getOperand(1))) |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2258 | if (CRHS->isAllOnesValue()) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2259 | KnownBits Known(TyBits); |
| 2260 | computeKnownBits(U->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2261 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2262 | // If the input is known to be 0 or 1, the output is 0/-1, which is all |
| 2263 | // sign bits set. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2264 | if ((Known.Zero | 1).isAllOnesValue()) |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2265 | return TyBits; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2266 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2267 | // If we are subtracting one from a positive number, there is no carry |
| 2268 | // out of the result. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2269 | if (Known.isNonNegative()) |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2270 | return Tmp; |
| 2271 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2272 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2273 | Tmp2 = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2274 | if (Tmp2 == 1) return 1; |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2275 | return std::min(Tmp, Tmp2)-1; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2276 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2277 | case Instruction::Sub: |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2278 | Tmp2 = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2279 | if (Tmp2 == 1) return 1; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2280 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2281 | // Handle NEG. |
David Majnemer | a55027f | 2014-12-26 09:20:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2282 | if (const auto *CLHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(U->getOperand(0))) |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2283 | if (CLHS->isNullValue()) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2284 | KnownBits Known(TyBits); |
| 2285 | computeKnownBits(U->getOperand(1), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2286 | // If the input is known to be 0 or 1, the output is 0/-1, which is all |
| 2287 | // sign bits set. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2288 | if ((Known.Zero | 1).isAllOnesValue()) |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2289 | return TyBits; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2290 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2291 | // If the input is known to be positive (the sign bit is known clear), |
| 2292 | // the output of the NEG has the same number of sign bits as the input. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2293 | if (Known.isNonNegative()) |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2294 | return Tmp2; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2295 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2296 | // Otherwise, we treat this like a SUB. |
| 2297 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2298 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2299 | // Sub can have at most one carry bit. Thus we know that the output |
| 2300 | // is, at worst, one more bit than the inputs. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2302 | if (Tmp == 1) return 1; // Early out. |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2303 | return std::min(Tmp, Tmp2)-1; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2304 | |
Amjad Aboud | 88ffa3a | 2017-08-18 22:56:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2305 | case Instruction::Mul: { |
| 2306 | // The output of the Mul can be at most twice the valid bits in the inputs. |
| 2307 | unsigned SignBitsOp0 = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
| 2308 | if (SignBitsOp0 == 1) return 1; // Early out. |
| 2309 | unsigned SignBitsOp1 = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q); |
| 2310 | if (SignBitsOp1 == 1) return 1; |
| 2311 | unsigned OutValidBits = |
| 2312 | (TyBits - SignBitsOp0 + 1) + (TyBits - SignBitsOp1 + 1); |
| 2313 | return OutValidBits > TyBits ? 1 : TyBits - OutValidBits + 1; |
| 2314 | } |
| 2315 | |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2316 | case Instruction::PHI: { |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2317 | const PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(U); |
David Majnemer | 6ee8d17 | 2015-01-04 07:06:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2318 | unsigned NumIncomingValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2319 | // Don't analyze large in-degree PHIs. |
David Majnemer | 6ee8d17 | 2015-01-04 07:06:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2320 | if (NumIncomingValues > 4) break; |
| 2321 | // Unreachable blocks may have zero-operand PHI nodes. |
| 2322 | if (NumIncomingValues == 0) break; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2323 | |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2324 | // Take the minimum of all incoming values. This can't infinitely loop |
| 2325 | // because of our depth threshold. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2326 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(PN->getIncomingValue(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
David Majnemer | 6ee8d17 | 2015-01-04 07:06:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2327 | for (unsigned i = 1, e = NumIncomingValues; i != e; ++i) { |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2328 | if (Tmp == 1) return Tmp; |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2329 | Tmp = std::min( |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2330 | Tmp, ComputeNumSignBits(PN->getIncomingValue(i), Depth + 1, Q)); |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2331 | } |
| 2332 | return Tmp; |
| 2333 | } |
| 2334 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2335 | case Instruction::Trunc: |
| 2336 | // FIXME: it's tricky to do anything useful for this, but it is an important |
| 2337 | // case for targets like X86. |
| 2338 | break; |
Bjorn Pettersson | 3961603 | 2016-10-06 09:56:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2339 | |
| 2340 | case Instruction::ExtractElement: |
| 2341 | // Look through extract element. At the moment we keep this simple and skip |
| 2342 | // tracking the specific element. But at least we might find information |
| 2343 | // valid for all elements of the vector (for example if vector is sign |
| 2344 | // extended, shifted, etc). |
| 2345 | return ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2346 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2347 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2348 | // Finally, if we can prove that the top bits of the result are 0's or 1's, |
| 2349 | // use this information. |
Sanjay Patel | a06d989 | 2016-06-22 19:20:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2350 | |
| 2351 | // If we can examine all elements of a vector constant successfully, we're |
| 2352 | // done (we can't do any better than that). If not, keep trying. |
| 2353 | if (unsigned VecSignBits = computeNumSignBitsVectorConstant(V, TyBits)) |
| 2354 | return VecSignBits; |
| 2355 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2356 | KnownBits Known(TyBits); |
| 2357 | computeKnownBits(V, Known, Depth, Q); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2358 | |
Sanjay Patel | e053621 | 2016-06-23 17:41:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2359 | // If we know that the sign bit is either zero or one, determine the number of |
| 2360 | // identical bits in the top of the input value. |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2361 | return std::max(FirstAnswer, Known.countMinSignBits()); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2362 | } |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2363 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2364 | /// This function computes the integer multiple of Base that equals V. |
| 2365 | /// If successful, it returns true and returns the multiple in |
| 2366 | /// Multiple. If unsuccessful, it returns false. It looks |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2367 | /// through SExt instructions only if LookThroughSExt is true. |
| 2368 | bool llvm::ComputeMultiple(Value *V, unsigned Base, Value *&Multiple, |
Dan Gohman | 6a976bb | 2009-11-18 00:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2369 | bool LookThroughSExt, unsigned Depth) { |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2370 | const unsigned MaxDepth = 6; |
| 2371 | |
Dan Gohman | 6a976bb | 2009-11-18 00:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2372 | assert(V && "No Value?"); |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2373 | assert(Depth <= MaxDepth && "Limit Search Depth"); |
Duncan Sands | 9dff9be | 2010-02-15 16:12:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2374 | assert(V->getType()->isIntegerTy() && "Not integer or pointer type!"); |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2375 | |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2376 | Type *T = V->getType(); |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2377 | |
Dan Gohman | 6a976bb | 2009-11-18 00:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2378 | ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V); |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2379 | |
| 2380 | if (Base == 0) |
| 2381 | return false; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2382 | |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2383 | if (Base == 1) { |
| 2384 | Multiple = V; |
| 2385 | return true; |
| 2386 | } |
| 2387 | |
| 2388 | ConstantExpr *CO = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V); |
| 2389 | Constant *BaseVal = ConstantInt::get(T, Base); |
| 2390 | if (CO && CO == BaseVal) { |
| 2391 | // Multiple is 1. |
| 2392 | Multiple = ConstantInt::get(T, 1); |
| 2393 | return true; |
| 2394 | } |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 | if (CI && CI->getZExtValue() % Base == 0) { |
| 2397 | Multiple = ConstantInt::get(T, CI->getZExtValue() / Base); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2398 | return true; |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2399 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2400 | |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2401 | if (Depth == MaxDepth) return false; // Limit search depth. |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2402 | |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2403 | Operator *I = dyn_cast<Operator>(V); |
| 2404 | if (!I) return false; |
| 2405 | |
| 2406 | switch (I->getOpcode()) { |
| 2407 | default: break; |
Chris Lattner | 4f0b47d | 2009-11-26 01:50:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2408 | case Instruction::SExt: |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2409 | if (!LookThroughSExt) return false; |
| 2410 | // otherwise fall through to ZExt |
Galina Kistanova | 244621f | 2017-05-31 22:16:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2411 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; |
Chris Lattner | 4f0b47d | 2009-11-26 01:50:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2412 | case Instruction::ZExt: |
Dan Gohman | 6a976bb | 2009-11-18 00:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2413 | return ComputeMultiple(I->getOperand(0), Base, Multiple, |
| 2414 | LookThroughSExt, Depth+1); |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2415 | case Instruction::Shl: |
| 2416 | case Instruction::Mul: { |
| 2417 | Value *Op0 = I->getOperand(0); |
| 2418 | Value *Op1 = I->getOperand(1); |
| 2419 | |
| 2420 | if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) { |
| 2421 | ConstantInt *Op1CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1); |
| 2422 | if (!Op1CI) return false; |
| 2423 | // Turn Op0 << Op1 into Op0 * 2^Op1 |
| 2424 | APInt Op1Int = Op1CI->getValue(); |
| 2425 | uint64_t BitToSet = Op1Int.getLimitedValue(Op1Int.getBitWidth() - 1); |
Jay Foad | 15084f0 | 2010-11-30 09:02:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2426 | APInt API(Op1Int.getBitWidth(), 0); |
Jay Foad | 25a5e4c | 2010-12-01 08:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2427 | API.setBit(BitToSet); |
Jay Foad | 15084f0 | 2010-11-30 09:02:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2428 | Op1 = ConstantInt::get(V->getContext(), API); |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2429 | } |
| 2430 | |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2431 | Value *Mul0 = nullptr; |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2432 | if (ComputeMultiple(Op0, Base, Mul0, LookThroughSExt, Depth+1)) { |
| 2433 | if (Constant *Op1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) |
| 2434 | if (Constant *MulC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Mul0)) { |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2435 | if (Op1C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() < |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2436 | MulC->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) |
| 2437 | Op1C = ConstantExpr::getZExt(Op1C, MulC->getType()); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2438 | if (Op1C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() > |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2439 | MulC->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) |
| 2440 | MulC = ConstantExpr::getZExt(MulC, Op1C->getType()); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2441 | |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2442 | // V == Base * (Mul0 * Op1), so return (Mul0 * Op1) |
| 2443 | Multiple = ConstantExpr::getMul(MulC, Op1C); |
| 2444 | return true; |
| 2445 | } |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2446 | |
| 2447 | if (ConstantInt *Mul0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Mul0)) |
| 2448 | if (Mul0CI->getValue() == 1) { |
| 2449 | // V == Base * Op1, so return Op1 |
| 2450 | Multiple = Op1; |
| 2451 | return true; |
| 2452 | } |
| 2453 | } |
| 2454 | |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2455 | Value *Mul1 = nullptr; |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2456 | if (ComputeMultiple(Op1, Base, Mul1, LookThroughSExt, Depth+1)) { |
| 2457 | if (Constant *Op0C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0)) |
| 2458 | if (Constant *MulC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Mul1)) { |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2459 | if (Op0C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() < |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2460 | MulC->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) |
| 2461 | Op0C = ConstantExpr::getZExt(Op0C, MulC->getType()); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2462 | if (Op0C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() > |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2463 | MulC->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) |
| 2464 | MulC = ConstantExpr::getZExt(MulC, Op0C->getType()); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2465 | |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2466 | // V == Base * (Mul1 * Op0), so return (Mul1 * Op0) |
| 2467 | Multiple = ConstantExpr::getMul(MulC, Op0C); |
| 2468 | return true; |
| 2469 | } |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2470 | |
| 2471 | if (ConstantInt *Mul1CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Mul1)) |
| 2472 | if (Mul1CI->getValue() == 1) { |
| 2473 | // V == Base * Op0, so return Op0 |
| 2474 | Multiple = Op0; |
| 2475 | return true; |
| 2476 | } |
| 2477 | } |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2478 | } |
| 2479 | } |
| 2480 | |
| 2481 | // We could not determine if V is a multiple of Base. |
| 2482 | return false; |
| 2483 | } |
| 2484 | |
David Majnemer | b4b2723 | 2016-04-19 19:10:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2485 | Intrinsic::ID llvm::getIntrinsicForCallSite(ImmutableCallSite ICS, |
| 2486 | const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
| 2487 | const Function *F = ICS.getCalledFunction(); |
| 2488 | if (!F) |
| 2489 | return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic; |
| 2490 | |
| 2491 | if (F->isIntrinsic()) |
| 2492 | return F->getIntrinsicID(); |
| 2493 | |
| 2494 | if (!TLI) |
| 2495 | return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic; |
| 2496 | |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2497 | LibFunc Func; |
David Majnemer | b4b2723 | 2016-04-19 19:10:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2498 | // We're going to make assumptions on the semantics of the functions, check |
| 2499 | // that the target knows that it's available in this environment and it does |
| 2500 | // not have local linkage. |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2501 | if (!F || F->hasLocalLinkage() || !TLI->getLibFunc(*F, Func)) |
| 2502 | return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic; |
| 2503 | |
| 2504 | if (!ICS.onlyReadsMemory()) |
David Majnemer | b4b2723 | 2016-04-19 19:10:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2505 | return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic; |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 | // Otherwise check if we have a call to a function that can be turned into a |
| 2508 | // vector intrinsic. |
| 2509 | switch (Func) { |
| 2510 | default: |
| 2511 | break; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2512 | case LibFunc_sin: |
| 2513 | case LibFunc_sinf: |
| 2514 | case LibFunc_sinl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2515 | return Intrinsic::sin; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2516 | case LibFunc_cos: |
| 2517 | case LibFunc_cosf: |
| 2518 | case LibFunc_cosl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2519 | return Intrinsic::cos; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2520 | case LibFunc_exp: |
| 2521 | case LibFunc_expf: |
| 2522 | case LibFunc_expl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2523 | return Intrinsic::exp; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2524 | case LibFunc_exp2: |
| 2525 | case LibFunc_exp2f: |
| 2526 | case LibFunc_exp2l: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2527 | return Intrinsic::exp2; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2528 | case LibFunc_log: |
| 2529 | case LibFunc_logf: |
| 2530 | case LibFunc_logl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2531 | return Intrinsic::log; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2532 | case LibFunc_log10: |
| 2533 | case LibFunc_log10f: |
| 2534 | case LibFunc_log10l: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2535 | return Intrinsic::log10; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2536 | case LibFunc_log2: |
| 2537 | case LibFunc_log2f: |
| 2538 | case LibFunc_log2l: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2539 | return Intrinsic::log2; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2540 | case LibFunc_fabs: |
| 2541 | case LibFunc_fabsf: |
| 2542 | case LibFunc_fabsl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2543 | return Intrinsic::fabs; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2544 | case LibFunc_fmin: |
| 2545 | case LibFunc_fminf: |
| 2546 | case LibFunc_fminl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2547 | return Intrinsic::minnum; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2548 | case LibFunc_fmax: |
| 2549 | case LibFunc_fmaxf: |
| 2550 | case LibFunc_fmaxl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2551 | return Intrinsic::maxnum; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2552 | case LibFunc_copysign: |
| 2553 | case LibFunc_copysignf: |
| 2554 | case LibFunc_copysignl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2555 | return Intrinsic::copysign; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2556 | case LibFunc_floor: |
| 2557 | case LibFunc_floorf: |
| 2558 | case LibFunc_floorl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2559 | return Intrinsic::floor; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2560 | case LibFunc_ceil: |
| 2561 | case LibFunc_ceilf: |
| 2562 | case LibFunc_ceill: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2563 | return Intrinsic::ceil; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2564 | case LibFunc_trunc: |
| 2565 | case LibFunc_truncf: |
| 2566 | case LibFunc_truncl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2567 | return Intrinsic::trunc; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2568 | case LibFunc_rint: |
| 2569 | case LibFunc_rintf: |
| 2570 | case LibFunc_rintl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2571 | return Intrinsic::rint; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2572 | case LibFunc_nearbyint: |
| 2573 | case LibFunc_nearbyintf: |
| 2574 | case LibFunc_nearbyintl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2575 | return Intrinsic::nearbyint; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2576 | case LibFunc_round: |
| 2577 | case LibFunc_roundf: |
| 2578 | case LibFunc_roundl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2579 | return Intrinsic::round; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2580 | case LibFunc_pow: |
| 2581 | case LibFunc_powf: |
| 2582 | case LibFunc_powl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2583 | return Intrinsic::pow; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2584 | case LibFunc_sqrt: |
| 2585 | case LibFunc_sqrtf: |
| 2586 | case LibFunc_sqrtl: |
Sanjay Patel | 86d24f1 | 2017-11-06 22:40:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2587 | return Intrinsic::sqrt; |
David Majnemer | b4b2723 | 2016-04-19 19:10:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2588 | } |
| 2589 | |
| 2590 | return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic; |
| 2591 | } |
| 2592 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2593 | /// Return true if we can prove that the specified FP value is never equal to |
| 2594 | /// -0.0. |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2595 | /// |
| 2596 | /// NOTE: this function will need to be revisited when we support non-default |
| 2597 | /// rounding modes! |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2598 | bool llvm::CannotBeNegativeZero(const Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, |
| 2599 | unsigned Depth) { |
Sanjay Patel | 20df88a | 2017-11-13 17:56:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2600 | if (auto *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2601 | return !CFP->getValueAPF().isNegZero(); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2602 | |
Sanjay Patel | 20df88a | 2017-11-13 17:56:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2603 | // Limit search depth. |
Matt Arsenault | cb2a7eb | 2016-12-20 19:06:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2604 | if (Depth == MaxDepth) |
Sanjay Patel | 20df88a | 2017-11-13 17:56:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2605 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2606 | |
Sanjay Patel | 20df88a | 2017-11-13 17:56:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2607 | auto *Op = dyn_cast<Operator>(V); |
| 2608 | if (!Op) |
| 2609 | return false; |
Michael Ilseman | 0f12837 | 2012-12-06 00:07:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2610 | |
Sanjay Patel | 20df88a | 2017-11-13 17:56:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2611 | // Check if the nsz fast-math flag is set. |
| 2612 | if (auto *FPO = dyn_cast<FPMathOperator>(Op)) |
Michael Ilseman | 0f12837 | 2012-12-06 00:07:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2613 | if (FPO->hasNoSignedZeros()) |
| 2614 | return true; |
| 2615 | |
Sanjay Patel | 9e3d8f4 | 2017-11-13 17:40:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2616 | // (fadd x, 0.0) is guaranteed to return +0.0, not -0.0. |
Sanjay Patel | 20df88a | 2017-11-13 17:56:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2617 | if (match(Op, m_FAdd(m_Value(), m_Zero()))) |
Sanjay Patel | 9e3d8f4 | 2017-11-13 17:40:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 | return true; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2619 | |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2620 | // sitofp and uitofp turn into +0.0 for zero. |
Sanjay Patel | 20df88a | 2017-11-13 17:56:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2621 | if (isa<SIToFPInst>(Op) || isa<UIToFPInst>(Op)) |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2622 | return true; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2623 | |
Sanjay Patel | 20df88a | 2017-11-13 17:56:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2624 | if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallInst>(Op)) { |
| 2625 | Intrinsic::ID IID = getIntrinsicForCallSite(Call, TLI); |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2626 | switch (IID) { |
| 2627 | default: |
| 2628 | break; |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2629 | // sqrt(-0.0) = -0.0, no other negative results are possible. |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2630 | case Intrinsic::sqrt: |
Sanjay Patel | 20df88a | 2017-11-13 17:56:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2631 | return CannotBeNegativeZero(Call->getArgOperand(0), TLI, Depth + 1); |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2632 | // fabs(x) != -0.0 |
| 2633 | case Intrinsic::fabs: |
| 2634 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2635 | } |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2636 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2637 | |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2638 | return false; |
| 2639 | } |
| 2640 | |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2641 | /// If \p SignBitOnly is true, test for a known 0 sign bit rather than a |
| 2642 | /// standard ordered compare. e.g. make -0.0 olt 0.0 be true because of the sign |
| 2643 | /// bit despite comparing equal. |
| 2644 | static bool cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(const Value *V, |
| 2645 | const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, |
| 2646 | bool SignBitOnly, |
| 2647 | unsigned Depth) { |
Justin Lebar | 322c127 | 2017-01-27 00:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2648 | // TODO: This function does not do the right thing when SignBitOnly is true |
| 2649 | // and we're lowering to a hypothetical IEEE 754-compliant-but-evil platform |
| 2650 | // which flips the sign bits of NaNs. See |
| 2651 | // https://llvm.org/bugs/show_bug.cgi?id=31702. |
| 2652 | |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2653 | if (const ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) { |
| 2654 | return !CFP->getValueAPF().isNegative() || |
| 2655 | (!SignBitOnly && CFP->getValueAPF().isZero()); |
| 2656 | } |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2657 | |
Matt Arsenault | cb2a7eb | 2016-12-20 19:06:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2658 | if (Depth == MaxDepth) |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2659 | return false; // Limit search depth. |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2660 | |
| 2661 | const Operator *I = dyn_cast<Operator>(V); |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2662 | if (!I) |
| 2663 | return false; |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2664 | |
| 2665 | switch (I->getOpcode()) { |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2666 | default: |
| 2667 | break; |
Fiona Glaser | db7824f | 2016-01-12 23:37:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2668 | // Unsigned integers are always nonnegative. |
| 2669 | case Instruction::UIToFP: |
| 2670 | return true; |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2671 | case Instruction::FMul: |
| 2672 | // x*x is always non-negative or a NaN. |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2673 | if (I->getOperand(0) == I->getOperand(1) && |
| 2674 | (!SignBitOnly || cast<FPMathOperator>(I)->hasNoNaNs())) |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2675 | return true; |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2676 | |
Justin Bogner | cd1d5aa | 2016-08-17 20:30:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2677 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2678 | case Instruction::FAdd: |
| 2679 | case Instruction::FDiv: |
| 2680 | case Instruction::FRem: |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2681 | return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(0), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2682 | Depth + 1) && |
| 2683 | cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(1), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2684 | Depth + 1); |
Fiona Glaser | db7824f | 2016-01-12 23:37:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2685 | case Instruction::Select: |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2686 | return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(1), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2687 | Depth + 1) && |
| 2688 | cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(2), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2689 | Depth + 1); |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2690 | case Instruction::FPExt: |
| 2691 | case Instruction::FPTrunc: |
| 2692 | // Widening/narrowing never change sign. |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2693 | return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(0), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2694 | Depth + 1); |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2695 | case Instruction::Call: |
Justin Lebar | 7e3184c | 2017-01-26 00:10:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2696 | const auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(I); |
| 2697 | Intrinsic::ID IID = getIntrinsicForCallSite(CI, TLI); |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2698 | switch (IID) { |
| 2699 | default: |
| 2700 | break; |
| 2701 | case Intrinsic::maxnum: |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2702 | return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(0), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2703 | Depth + 1) || |
| 2704 | cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(1), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2705 | Depth + 1); |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2706 | case Intrinsic::minnum: |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2707 | return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(0), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2708 | Depth + 1) && |
| 2709 | cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(1), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2710 | Depth + 1); |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2711 | case Intrinsic::exp: |
| 2712 | case Intrinsic::exp2: |
| 2713 | case Intrinsic::fabs: |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2714 | return true; |
Justin Lebar | 7e3184c | 2017-01-26 00:10:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2715 | |
| 2716 | case Intrinsic::sqrt: |
| 2717 | // sqrt(x) is always >= -0 or NaN. Moreover, sqrt(x) == -0 iff x == -0. |
| 2718 | if (!SignBitOnly) |
| 2719 | return true; |
| 2720 | return CI->hasNoNaNs() && (CI->hasNoSignedZeros() || |
| 2721 | CannotBeNegativeZero(CI->getOperand(0), TLI)); |
| 2722 | |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2723 | case Intrinsic::powi: |
Justin Lebar | 7e3184c | 2017-01-26 00:10:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2724 | if (ConstantInt *Exponent = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) { |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2725 | // powi(x,n) is non-negative if n is even. |
Justin Lebar | 7e3184c | 2017-01-26 00:10:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2726 | if (Exponent->getBitWidth() <= 64 && Exponent->getSExtValue() % 2u == 0) |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2727 | return true; |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2728 | } |
Justin Lebar | 322c127 | 2017-01-27 00:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2729 | // TODO: This is not correct. Given that exp is an integer, here are the |
| 2730 | // ways that pow can return a negative value: |
| 2731 | // |
| 2732 | // pow(x, exp) --> negative if exp is odd and x is negative. |
| 2733 | // pow(-0, exp) --> -inf if exp is negative odd. |
| 2734 | // pow(-0, exp) --> -0 if exp is positive odd. |
| 2735 | // pow(-inf, exp) --> -0 if exp is negative odd. |
| 2736 | // pow(-inf, exp) --> -inf if exp is positive odd. |
| 2737 | // |
| 2738 | // Therefore, if !SignBitOnly, we can return true if x >= +0 or x is NaN, |
| 2739 | // but we must return false if x == -0. Unfortunately we do not currently |
| 2740 | // have a way of expressing this constraint. See details in |
| 2741 | // https://llvm.org/bugs/show_bug.cgi?id=31702. |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2742 | return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(0), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2743 | Depth + 1); |
Justin Lebar | 322c127 | 2017-01-27 00:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2744 | |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2745 | case Intrinsic::fma: |
| 2746 | case Intrinsic::fmuladd: |
| 2747 | // x*x+y is non-negative if y is non-negative. |
| 2748 | return I->getOperand(0) == I->getOperand(1) && |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2749 | (!SignBitOnly || cast<FPMathOperator>(I)->hasNoNaNs()) && |
| 2750 | cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(2), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2751 | Depth + 1); |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2752 | } |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2753 | break; |
| 2754 | } |
Sanjoy Das | 6082c1a | 2016-05-07 02:08:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2755 | return false; |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2756 | } |
| 2757 | |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2758 | bool llvm::CannotBeOrderedLessThanZero(const Value *V, |
| 2759 | const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
| 2760 | return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(V, TLI, false, 0); |
| 2761 | } |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 | bool llvm::SignBitMustBeZero(const Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
| 2764 | return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(V, TLI, true, 0); |
| 2765 | } |
| 2766 | |
Sanjay Patel | 6840c5f | 2017-09-05 23:13:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2767 | bool llvm::isKnownNeverNaN(const Value *V) { |
| 2768 | assert(V->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy() && "Querying for NaN on non-FP type"); |
| 2769 | |
| 2770 | // If we're told that NaNs won't happen, assume they won't. |
| 2771 | if (auto *FPMathOp = dyn_cast<FPMathOperator>(V)) |
| 2772 | if (FPMathOp->hasNoNaNs()) |
| 2773 | return true; |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 | // TODO: Handle instructions and potentially recurse like other 'isKnown' |
| 2776 | // functions. For example, the result of sitofp is never NaN. |
| 2777 | |
| 2778 | // Handle scalar constants. |
| 2779 | if (auto *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) |
| 2780 | return !CFP->isNaN(); |
| 2781 | |
| 2782 | // Bail out for constant expressions, but try to handle vector constants. |
| 2783 | if (!V->getType()->isVectorTy() || !isa<Constant>(V)) |
| 2784 | return false; |
| 2785 | |
| 2786 | // For vectors, verify that each element is not NaN. |
| 2787 | unsigned NumElts = V->getType()->getVectorNumElements(); |
| 2788 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) { |
| 2789 | Constant *Elt = cast<Constant>(V)->getAggregateElement(i); |
| 2790 | if (!Elt) |
| 2791 | return false; |
| 2792 | if (isa<UndefValue>(Elt)) |
| 2793 | continue; |
| 2794 | auto *CElt = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(Elt); |
| 2795 | if (!CElt || CElt->isNaN()) |
| 2796 | return false; |
| 2797 | } |
| 2798 | // All elements were confirmed not-NaN or undefined. |
| 2799 | return true; |
| 2800 | } |
| 2801 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2802 | /// If the specified value can be set by repeating the same byte in memory, |
| 2803 | /// return the i8 value that it is represented with. This is |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2804 | /// true for all i8 values obviously, but is also true for i32 0, i32 -1, |
| 2805 | /// i16 0xF0F0, double 0.0 etc. If the value can't be handled with a repeated |
| 2806 | /// byte store (e.g. i16 0x1234), return null. |
| 2807 | Value *llvm::isBytewiseValue(Value *V) { |
| 2808 | // All byte-wide stores are splatable, even of arbitrary variables. |
| 2809 | if (V->getType()->isIntegerTy(8)) return V; |
Chris Lattner | acf6b07 | 2011-02-19 19:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2810 | |
| 2811 | // Handle 'null' ConstantArrayZero etc. |
| 2812 | if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) |
| 2813 | if (C->isNullValue()) |
| 2814 | return Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt8Ty(V->getContext())); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2815 | |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2816 | // Constant float and double values can be handled as integer values if the |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2817 | // corresponding integer value is "byteable". An important case is 0.0. |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2818 | if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) { |
| 2819 | if (CFP->getType()->isFloatTy()) |
| 2820 | V = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(CFP, Type::getInt32Ty(V->getContext())); |
| 2821 | if (CFP->getType()->isDoubleTy()) |
| 2822 | V = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(CFP, Type::getInt64Ty(V->getContext())); |
| 2823 | // Don't handle long double formats, which have strange constraints. |
| 2824 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2825 | |
Benjamin Kramer | 17d9015 | 2015-02-07 19:29:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2826 | // We can handle constant integers that are multiple of 8 bits. |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2827 | if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) { |
Benjamin Kramer | 17d9015 | 2015-02-07 19:29:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2828 | if (CI->getBitWidth() % 8 == 0) { |
| 2829 | assert(CI->getBitWidth() > 8 && "8 bits should be handled above!"); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2830 | |
Benjamin Kramer | b4b5150 | 2015-03-25 16:49:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2831 | if (!CI->getValue().isSplat(8)) |
Benjamin Kramer | 17d9015 | 2015-02-07 19:29:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2832 | return nullptr; |
| 2833 | return ConstantInt::get(V->getContext(), CI->getValue().trunc(8)); |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2834 | } |
| 2835 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2836 | |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2837 | // A ConstantDataArray/Vector is splatable if all its members are equal and |
| 2838 | // also splatable. |
| 2839 | if (ConstantDataSequential *CA = dyn_cast<ConstantDataSequential>(V)) { |
| 2840 | Value *Elt = CA->getElementAsConstant(0); |
| 2841 | Value *Val = isBytewiseValue(Elt); |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2842 | if (!Val) |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2843 | return nullptr; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2844 | |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2845 | for (unsigned I = 1, E = CA->getNumElements(); I != E; ++I) |
| 2846 | if (CA->getElementAsConstant(I) != Elt) |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2847 | return nullptr; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2848 | |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2849 | return Val; |
| 2850 | } |
Chad Rosier | 8abf65a | 2011-12-06 00:19:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2851 | |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2852 | // Conceptually, we could handle things like: |
| 2853 | // %a = zext i8 %X to i16 |
| 2854 | // %b = shl i16 %a, 8 |
| 2855 | // %c = or i16 %a, %b |
| 2856 | // but until there is an example that actually needs this, it doesn't seem |
| 2857 | // worth worrying about. |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2858 | return nullptr; |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2859 | } |
| 2860 | |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2861 | // This is the recursive version of BuildSubAggregate. It takes a few different |
| 2862 | // arguments. Idxs is the index within the nested struct From that we are |
| 2863 | // looking at now (which is of type IndexedType). IdxSkip is the number of |
| 2864 | // indices from Idxs that should be left out when inserting into the resulting |
| 2865 | // struct. To is the result struct built so far, new insertvalue instructions |
| 2866 | // build on that. |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2867 | static Value *BuildSubAggregate(Value *From, Value* To, Type *IndexedType, |
Craig Topper | 2cd5ff8 | 2013-07-11 16:22:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2868 | SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Idxs, |
Dan Gohman | a6d0afc | 2009-08-07 01:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2869 | unsigned IdxSkip, |
Dan Gohman | a6d0afc | 2009-08-07 01:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2870 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2871 | StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(IndexedType); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2872 | if (STy) { |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2873 | // Save the original To argument so we can modify it |
| 2874 | Value *OrigTo = To; |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2875 | // General case, the type indexed by Idxs is a struct |
| 2876 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = STy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 2877 | // Process each struct element recursively |
| 2878 | Idxs.push_back(i); |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2879 | Value *PrevTo = To; |
Matthijs Kooijman | 5cb3877 | 2008-06-16 12:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2880 | To = BuildSubAggregate(From, To, STy->getElementType(i), Idxs, IdxSkip, |
Nick Lewycky | 39dbfd3 | 2009-11-23 03:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2881 | InsertBefore); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2882 | Idxs.pop_back(); |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2883 | if (!To) { |
| 2884 | // Couldn't find any inserted value for this index? Cleanup |
| 2885 | while (PrevTo != OrigTo) { |
| 2886 | InsertValueInst* Del = cast<InsertValueInst>(PrevTo); |
| 2887 | PrevTo = Del->getAggregateOperand(); |
| 2888 | Del->eraseFromParent(); |
| 2889 | } |
| 2890 | // Stop processing elements |
| 2891 | break; |
| 2892 | } |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2893 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0ab5e2c | 2011-04-15 05:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2894 | // If we successfully found a value for each of our subaggregates |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2895 | if (To) |
| 2896 | return To; |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2897 | } |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2898 | // Base case, the type indexed by SourceIdxs is not a struct, or not all of |
| 2899 | // the struct's elements had a value that was inserted directly. In the latter |
| 2900 | // case, perhaps we can't determine each of the subelements individually, but |
| 2901 | // we might be able to find the complete struct somewhere. |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2902 | |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2903 | // Find the value that is at that particular spot |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2904 | Value *V = FindInsertedValue(From, Idxs); |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2905 | |
| 2906 | if (!V) |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2907 | return nullptr; |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2908 | |
| 2909 | // Insert the value in the new (sub) aggregrate |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2910 | return InsertValueInst::Create(To, V, makeArrayRef(Idxs).slice(IdxSkip), |
| 2911 | "tmp", InsertBefore); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2912 | } |
| 2913 | |
| 2914 | // This helper takes a nested struct and extracts a part of it (which is again a |
| 2915 | // struct) into a new value. For example, given the struct: |
| 2916 | // { a, { b, { c, d }, e } } |
| 2917 | // and the indices "1, 1" this returns |
| 2918 | // { c, d }. |
| 2919 | // |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2920 | // It does this by inserting an insertvalue for each element in the resulting |
| 2921 | // struct, as opposed to just inserting a single struct. This will only work if |
| 2922 | // each of the elements of the substruct are known (ie, inserted into From by an |
| 2923 | // insertvalue instruction somewhere). |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2924 | // |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2925 | // All inserted insertvalue instructions are inserted before InsertBefore |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2926 | static Value *BuildSubAggregate(Value *From, ArrayRef<unsigned> idx_range, |
Dan Gohman | a6d0afc | 2009-08-07 01:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2927 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { |
Matthijs Kooijman | 69801d4 | 2008-06-16 13:28:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2928 | assert(InsertBefore && "Must have someplace to insert!"); |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2929 | Type *IndexedType = ExtractValueInst::getIndexedType(From->getType(), |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2930 | idx_range); |
Owen Anderson | b292b8c | 2009-07-30 23:03:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2931 | Value *To = UndefValue::get(IndexedType); |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2932 | SmallVector<unsigned, 10> Idxs(idx_range.begin(), idx_range.end()); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2933 | unsigned IdxSkip = Idxs.size(); |
| 2934 | |
Nick Lewycky | 39dbfd3 | 2009-11-23 03:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2935 | return BuildSubAggregate(From, To, IndexedType, Idxs, IdxSkip, InsertBefore); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2936 | } |
| 2937 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2938 | /// Given an aggregrate and an sequence of indices, see if |
Matthijs Kooijman | 5cb3877 | 2008-06-16 12:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2939 | /// the scalar value indexed is already around as a register, for example if it |
| 2940 | /// were inserted directly into the aggregrate. |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2941 | /// |
| 2942 | /// If InsertBefore is not null, this function will duplicate (modified) |
| 2943 | /// insertvalues when a part of a nested struct is extracted. |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2944 | Value *llvm::FindInsertedValue(Value *V, ArrayRef<unsigned> idx_range, |
| 2945 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2946 | // Nothing to index? Just return V then (this is useful at the end of our |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2947 | // recursion). |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2948 | if (idx_range.empty()) |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2949 | return V; |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2950 | // We have indices, so V should have an indexable type. |
| 2951 | assert((V->getType()->isStructTy() || V->getType()->isArrayTy()) && |
| 2952 | "Not looking at a struct or array?"); |
| 2953 | assert(ExtractValueInst::getIndexedType(V->getType(), idx_range) && |
| 2954 | "Invalid indices for type?"); |
Owen Anderson | f1f1743 | 2009-07-06 22:37:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2955 | |
Chris Lattner | 6705883 | 2012-01-25 06:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2956 | if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) { |
| 2957 | C = C->getAggregateElement(idx_range[0]); |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2958 | if (!C) return nullptr; |
Chris Lattner | 6705883 | 2012-01-25 06:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2959 | return FindInsertedValue(C, idx_range.slice(1), InsertBefore); |
| 2960 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2961 | |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2962 | if (InsertValueInst *I = dyn_cast<InsertValueInst>(V)) { |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2963 | // Loop the indices for the insertvalue instruction in parallel with the |
| 2964 | // requested indices |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2965 | const unsigned *req_idx = idx_range.begin(); |
Matthijs Kooijman | 5cb3877 | 2008-06-16 12:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2966 | for (const unsigned *i = I->idx_begin(), *e = I->idx_end(); |
| 2967 | i != e; ++i, ++req_idx) { |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2968 | if (req_idx == idx_range.end()) { |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2969 | // We can't handle this without inserting insertvalues |
| 2970 | if (!InsertBefore) |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2971 | return nullptr; |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2972 | |
| 2973 | // The requested index identifies a part of a nested aggregate. Handle |
| 2974 | // this specially. For example, |
| 2975 | // %A = insertvalue { i32, {i32, i32 } } undef, i32 10, 1, 0 |
| 2976 | // %B = insertvalue { i32, {i32, i32 } } %A, i32 11, 1, 1 |
| 2977 | // %C = extractvalue {i32, { i32, i32 } } %B, 1 |
| 2978 | // This can be changed into |
| 2979 | // %A = insertvalue {i32, i32 } undef, i32 10, 0 |
| 2980 | // %C = insertvalue {i32, i32 } %A, i32 11, 1 |
| 2981 | // which allows the unused 0,0 element from the nested struct to be |
| 2982 | // removed. |
| 2983 | return BuildSubAggregate(V, makeArrayRef(idx_range.begin(), req_idx), |
| 2984 | InsertBefore); |
Duncan Sands | db356ee | 2008-06-19 08:47:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2985 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2986 | |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2987 | // This insert value inserts something else than what we are looking for. |
Benjamin Kramer | df005cb | 2015-08-08 18:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2988 | // See if the (aggregate) value inserted into has the value we are |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2989 | // looking for, then. |
| 2990 | if (*req_idx != *i) |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2991 | return FindInsertedValue(I->getAggregateOperand(), idx_range, |
Nick Lewycky | 39dbfd3 | 2009-11-23 03:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2992 | InsertBefore); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2993 | } |
| 2994 | // If we end up here, the indices of the insertvalue match with those |
| 2995 | // requested (though possibly only partially). Now we recursively look at |
| 2996 | // the inserted value, passing any remaining indices. |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2997 | return FindInsertedValue(I->getInsertedValueOperand(), |
Frits van Bommel | 717d7ed | 2011-07-18 12:00:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2998 | makeArrayRef(req_idx, idx_range.end()), |
Nick Lewycky | 39dbfd3 | 2009-11-23 03:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2999 | InsertBefore); |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3000 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3001 | |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3002 | if (ExtractValueInst *I = dyn_cast<ExtractValueInst>(V)) { |
Benjamin Kramer | df005cb | 2015-08-08 18:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3003 | // If we're extracting a value from an aggregate that was extracted from |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3004 | // something else, we can extract from that something else directly instead. |
| 3005 | // However, we will need to chain I's indices with the requested indices. |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3006 | |
| 3007 | // Calculate the number of indices required |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3008 | unsigned size = I->getNumIndices() + idx_range.size(); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3009 | // Allocate some space to put the new indices in |
Matthijs Kooijman | 8369c67 | 2008-06-17 08:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3010 | SmallVector<unsigned, 5> Idxs; |
| 3011 | Idxs.reserve(size); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3012 | // Add indices from the extract value instruction |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3013 | Idxs.append(I->idx_begin(), I->idx_end()); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3014 | |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3015 | // Add requested indices |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3016 | Idxs.append(idx_range.begin(), idx_range.end()); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3017 | |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3018 | assert(Idxs.size() == size |
Matthijs Kooijman | 5cb3877 | 2008-06-16 12:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3019 | && "Number of indices added not correct?"); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3020 | |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3021 | return FindInsertedValue(I->getAggregateOperand(), Idxs, InsertBefore); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3022 | } |
| 3023 | // Otherwise, we don't know (such as, extracting from a function return value |
| 3024 | // or load instruction) |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3025 | return nullptr; |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3026 | } |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3027 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3028 | /// Analyze the specified pointer to see if it can be expressed as a base |
| 3029 | /// pointer plus a constant offset. Return the base and offset to the caller. |
Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3030 | Value *llvm::GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(Value *Ptr, int64_t &Offset, |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3031 | const DataLayout &DL) { |
| 3032 | unsigned BitWidth = DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(Ptr->getType()); |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3033 | APInt ByteOffset(BitWidth, 0); |
Chandler Carruth | 7664127 | 2016-01-04 07:23:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3034 | |
| 3035 | // We walk up the defs but use a visited set to handle unreachable code. In |
| 3036 | // that case, we stop after accumulating the cycle once (not that it |
| 3037 | // matters). |
| 3038 | SmallPtrSet<Value *, 16> Visited; |
| 3039 | while (Visited.insert(Ptr).second) { |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3040 | if (Ptr->getType()->isVectorTy()) |
| 3041 | break; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3042 | |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3043 | if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(Ptr)) { |
Tom Stellard | 17eb341 | 2016-10-07 14:23:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3044 | // If one of the values we have visited is an addrspacecast, then |
| 3045 | // the pointer type of this GEP may be different from the type |
| 3046 | // of the Ptr parameter which was passed to this function. This |
| 3047 | // means when we construct GEPOffset, we need to use the size |
| 3048 | // of GEP's pointer type rather than the size of the original |
| 3049 | // pointer type. |
| 3050 | APInt GEPOffset(DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(Ptr->getType()), 0); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3051 | if (!GEP->accumulateConstantOffset(DL, GEPOffset)) |
| 3052 | break; |
Matt Arsenault | f55e5e7 | 2013-08-10 17:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3053 | |
Tom Stellard | 17eb341 | 2016-10-07 14:23:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3054 | ByteOffset += GEPOffset.getSExtValue(); |
Matt Arsenault | f55e5e7 | 2013-08-10 17:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3055 | |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3056 | Ptr = GEP->getPointerOperand(); |
Tom Stellard | 17eb341 | 2016-10-07 14:23:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3057 | } else if (Operator::getOpcode(Ptr) == Instruction::BitCast || |
| 3058 | Operator::getOpcode(Ptr) == Instruction::AddrSpaceCast) { |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3059 | Ptr = cast<Operator>(Ptr)->getOperand(0); |
| 3060 | } else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(Ptr)) { |
Sanjoy Das | 5ce3272 | 2016-04-08 00:48:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3061 | if (GA->isInterposable()) |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3062 | break; |
| 3063 | Ptr = GA->getAliasee(); |
Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3064 | } else { |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3065 | break; |
Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3066 | } |
| 3067 | } |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3068 | Offset = ByteOffset.getSExtValue(); |
| 3069 | return Ptr; |
Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3070 | } |
| 3071 | |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3072 | bool llvm::isGEPBasedOnPointerToString(const GEPOperator *GEP, |
| 3073 | unsigned CharSize) { |
David L Kreitzer | 752c144 | 2016-04-13 14:31:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3074 | // Make sure the GEP has exactly three arguments. |
| 3075 | if (GEP->getNumOperands() != 3) |
| 3076 | return false; |
| 3077 | |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3078 | // Make sure the index-ee is a pointer to array of \p CharSize integers. |
| 3079 | // CharSize. |
David L Kreitzer | 752c144 | 2016-04-13 14:31:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3080 | ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(GEP->getSourceElementType()); |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3081 | if (!AT || !AT->getElementType()->isIntegerTy(CharSize)) |
David L Kreitzer | 752c144 | 2016-04-13 14:31:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3082 | return false; |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 | // Check to make sure that the first operand of the GEP is an integer and |
| 3085 | // has value 0 so that we are sure we're indexing into the initializer. |
| 3086 | const ConstantInt *FirstIdx = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(1)); |
| 3087 | if (!FirstIdx || !FirstIdx->isZero()) |
| 3088 | return false; |
| 3089 | |
| 3090 | return true; |
Sanjoy Das | 6082c1a | 2016-05-07 02:08:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3091 | } |
Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3092 | |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3093 | bool llvm::getConstantDataArrayInfo(const Value *V, |
| 3094 | ConstantDataArraySlice &Slice, |
| 3095 | unsigned ElementSize, uint64_t Offset) { |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3096 | assert(V); |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3097 | |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3098 | // Look through bitcast instructions and geps. |
| 3099 | V = V->stripPointerCasts(); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3100 | |
Benjamin Kramer | 0248a3e | 2015-03-21 15:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3101 | // If the value is a GEP instruction or constant expression, treat it as an |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3102 | // offset. |
| 3103 | if (const GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(V)) { |
David L Kreitzer | 752c144 | 2016-04-13 14:31:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3104 | // The GEP operator should be based on a pointer to string constant, and is |
| 3105 | // indexing into the string constant. |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3106 | if (!isGEPBasedOnPointerToString(GEP, ElementSize)) |
Bill Wendling | fa54bc2 | 2009-03-13 04:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3107 | return false; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3108 | |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3109 | // If the second index isn't a ConstantInt, then this is a variable index |
| 3110 | // into the array. If this occurs, we can't say anything meaningful about |
| 3111 | // the string. |
| 3112 | uint64_t StartIdx = 0; |
Dan Gohman | 0b4df04 | 2010-04-14 22:20:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3113 | if (const ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(2))) |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3114 | StartIdx = CI->getZExtValue(); |
Bill Wendling | fa54bc2 | 2009-03-13 04:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3115 | else |
| 3116 | return false; |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3117 | return getConstantDataArrayInfo(GEP->getOperand(0), Slice, ElementSize, |
| 3118 | StartIdx + Offset); |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3119 | } |
Nick Lewycky | 4620988 | 2011-10-20 00:34:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3120 | |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3121 | // The GEP instruction, constant or instruction, must reference a global |
| 3122 | // variable that is a constant and is initialized. The referenced constant |
| 3123 | // initializer is the array that we'll use for optimization. |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3124 | const GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(V); |
Dan Gohman | 5d5bc6d | 2009-08-19 18:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3125 | if (!GV || !GV->isConstant() || !GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer()) |
Bill Wendling | fa54bc2 | 2009-03-13 04:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3126 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3127 | |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3128 | const ConstantDataArray *Array; |
| 3129 | ArrayType *ArrayTy; |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3130 | if (GV->getInitializer()->isNullValue()) { |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3131 | Type *GVTy = GV->getValueType(); |
| 3132 | if ( (ArrayTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(GVTy)) ) { |
Sanjay Patel | 2ad88f8 | 2017-06-12 22:34:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3133 | // A zeroinitializer for the array; there is no ConstantDataArray. |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3134 | Array = nullptr; |
| 3135 | } else { |
| 3136 | const DataLayout &DL = GV->getParent()->getDataLayout(); |
| 3137 | uint64_t SizeInBytes = DL.getTypeStoreSize(GVTy); |
| 3138 | uint64_t Length = SizeInBytes / (ElementSize / 8); |
| 3139 | if (Length <= Offset) |
| 3140 | return false; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3141 | |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3142 | Slice.Array = nullptr; |
| 3143 | Slice.Offset = 0; |
| 3144 | Slice.Length = Length - Offset; |
| 3145 | return true; |
| 3146 | } |
| 3147 | } else { |
| 3148 | // This must be a ConstantDataArray. |
| 3149 | Array = dyn_cast<ConstantDataArray>(GV->getInitializer()); |
| 3150 | if (!Array) |
| 3151 | return false; |
| 3152 | ArrayTy = Array->getType(); |
| 3153 | } |
| 3154 | if (!ArrayTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy(ElementSize)) |
Bill Wendling | fa54bc2 | 2009-03-13 04:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3155 | return false; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3156 | |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3157 | uint64_t NumElts = ArrayTy->getArrayNumElements(); |
Bill Wendling | fa54bc2 | 2009-03-13 04:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3158 | if (Offset > NumElts) |
| 3159 | return false; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3160 | |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3161 | Slice.Array = Array; |
| 3162 | Slice.Offset = Offset; |
| 3163 | Slice.Length = NumElts - Offset; |
| 3164 | return true; |
| 3165 | } |
| 3166 | |
| 3167 | /// This function computes the length of a null-terminated C string pointed to |
| 3168 | /// by V. If successful, it returns true and returns the string in Str. |
| 3169 | /// If unsuccessful, it returns false. |
| 3170 | bool llvm::getConstantStringInfo(const Value *V, StringRef &Str, |
| 3171 | uint64_t Offset, bool TrimAtNul) { |
| 3172 | ConstantDataArraySlice Slice; |
| 3173 | if (!getConstantDataArrayInfo(V, Slice, 8, Offset)) |
| 3174 | return false; |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 | if (Slice.Array == nullptr) { |
| 3177 | if (TrimAtNul) { |
| 3178 | Str = StringRef(); |
| 3179 | return true; |
| 3180 | } |
| 3181 | if (Slice.Length == 1) { |
| 3182 | Str = StringRef("", 1); |
| 3183 | return true; |
| 3184 | } |
Sanjay Patel | fef83e8 | 2017-06-09 14:21:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3185 | // We cannot instantiate a StringRef as we do not have an appropriate string |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3186 | // of 0s at hand. |
| 3187 | return false; |
| 3188 | } |
| 3189 | |
| 3190 | // Start out with the entire array in the StringRef. |
| 3191 | Str = Slice.Array->getAsString(); |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3192 | // Skip over 'offset' bytes. |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3193 | Str = Str.substr(Slice.Offset); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3194 | |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3195 | if (TrimAtNul) { |
| 3196 | // Trim off the \0 and anything after it. If the array is not nul |
| 3197 | // terminated, we just return the whole end of string. The client may know |
| 3198 | // some other way that the string is length-bound. |
| 3199 | Str = Str.substr(0, Str.find('\0')); |
| 3200 | } |
Bill Wendling | fa54bc2 | 2009-03-13 04:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3201 | return true; |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3202 | } |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3203 | |
| 3204 | // These next two are very similar to the above, but also look through PHI |
| 3205 | // nodes. |
| 3206 | // TODO: See if we can integrate these two together. |
| 3207 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3208 | /// If we can compute the length of the string pointed to by |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3209 | /// the specified pointer, return 'len+1'. If we can't, return 0. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3210 | static uint64_t GetStringLengthH(const Value *V, |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3211 | SmallPtrSetImpl<const PHINode*> &PHIs, |
| 3212 | unsigned CharSize) { |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3213 | // Look through noop bitcast instructions. |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3214 | V = V->stripPointerCasts(); |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3215 | |
| 3216 | // If this is a PHI node, there are two cases: either we have already seen it |
| 3217 | // or we haven't. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3218 | if (const PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V)) { |
David Blaikie | 70573dc | 2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3219 | if (!PHIs.insert(PN).second) |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3220 | return ~0ULL; // already in the set. |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 | // If it was new, see if all the input strings are the same length. |
| 3223 | uint64_t LenSoFar = ~0ULL; |
Pete Cooper | 833f34d | 2015-05-12 20:05:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3224 | for (Value *IncValue : PN->incoming_values()) { |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3225 | uint64_t Len = GetStringLengthH(IncValue, PHIs, CharSize); |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3226 | if (Len == 0) return 0; // Unknown length -> unknown. |
| 3227 | |
| 3228 | if (Len == ~0ULL) continue; |
| 3229 | |
| 3230 | if (Len != LenSoFar && LenSoFar != ~0ULL) |
| 3231 | return 0; // Disagree -> unknown. |
| 3232 | LenSoFar = Len; |
| 3233 | } |
| 3234 | |
| 3235 | // Success, all agree. |
| 3236 | return LenSoFar; |
| 3237 | } |
| 3238 | |
| 3239 | // strlen(select(c,x,y)) -> strlen(x) ^ strlen(y) |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3240 | if (const SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) { |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3241 | uint64_t Len1 = GetStringLengthH(SI->getTrueValue(), PHIs, CharSize); |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3242 | if (Len1 == 0) return 0; |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3243 | uint64_t Len2 = GetStringLengthH(SI->getFalseValue(), PHIs, CharSize); |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3244 | if (Len2 == 0) return 0; |
| 3245 | if (Len1 == ~0ULL) return Len2; |
| 3246 | if (Len2 == ~0ULL) return Len1; |
| 3247 | if (Len1 != Len2) return 0; |
| 3248 | return Len1; |
| 3249 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3250 | |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3251 | // Otherwise, see if we can read the string. |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3252 | ConstantDataArraySlice Slice; |
| 3253 | if (!getConstantDataArrayInfo(V, Slice, CharSize)) |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3254 | return 0; |
| 3255 | |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3256 | if (Slice.Array == nullptr) |
| 3257 | return 1; |
| 3258 | |
| 3259 | // Search for nul characters |
| 3260 | unsigned NullIndex = 0; |
| 3261 | for (unsigned E = Slice.Length; NullIndex < E; ++NullIndex) { |
| 3262 | if (Slice.Array->getElementAsInteger(Slice.Offset + NullIndex) == 0) |
| 3263 | break; |
| 3264 | } |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 | return NullIndex + 1; |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3267 | } |
| 3268 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3269 | /// If we can compute the length of the string pointed to by |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3270 | /// the specified pointer, return 'len+1'. If we can't, return 0. |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3271 | uint64_t llvm::GetStringLength(const Value *V, unsigned CharSize) { |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3272 | if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy()) return 0; |
| 3273 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3274 | SmallPtrSet<const PHINode*, 32> PHIs; |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3275 | uint64_t Len = GetStringLengthH(V, PHIs, CharSize); |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3276 | // If Len is ~0ULL, we had an infinite phi cycle: this is dead code, so return |
| 3277 | // an empty string as a length. |
| 3278 | return Len == ~0ULL ? 1 : Len; |
| 3279 | } |
Dan Gohman | a4fcd24 | 2010-12-15 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3280 | |
Adam Nemet | e2b885c | 2015-04-23 20:09:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3281 | /// \brief \p PN defines a loop-variant pointer to an object. Check if the |
| 3282 | /// previous iteration of the loop was referring to the same object as \p PN. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3283 | static bool isSameUnderlyingObjectInLoop(const PHINode *PN, |
| 3284 | const LoopInfo *LI) { |
Adam Nemet | e2b885c | 2015-04-23 20:09:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3285 | // Find the loop-defined value. |
| 3286 | Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor(PN->getParent()); |
| 3287 | if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) |
| 3288 | return true; |
| 3289 | |
| 3290 | // Find the value from previous iteration. |
| 3291 | auto *PrevValue = dyn_cast<Instruction>(PN->getIncomingValue(0)); |
| 3292 | if (!PrevValue || LI->getLoopFor(PrevValue->getParent()) != L) |
| 3293 | PrevValue = dyn_cast<Instruction>(PN->getIncomingValue(1)); |
| 3294 | if (!PrevValue || LI->getLoopFor(PrevValue->getParent()) != L) |
| 3295 | return true; |
| 3296 | |
| 3297 | // If a new pointer is loaded in the loop, the pointer references a different |
| 3298 | // object in every iteration. E.g.: |
| 3299 | // for (i) |
| 3300 | // int *p = a[i]; |
| 3301 | // ... |
| 3302 | if (auto *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(PrevValue)) |
| 3303 | if (!L->isLoopInvariant(Load->getPointerOperand())) |
| 3304 | return false; |
| 3305 | return true; |
| 3306 | } |
| 3307 | |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3308 | Value *llvm::GetUnderlyingObject(Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, |
| 3309 | unsigned MaxLookup) { |
Dan Gohman | a4fcd24 | 2010-12-15 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3310 | if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy()) |
| 3311 | return V; |
| 3312 | for (unsigned Count = 0; MaxLookup == 0 || Count < MaxLookup; ++Count) { |
| 3313 | if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(V)) { |
| 3314 | V = GEP->getPointerOperand(); |
Matt Arsenault | 70f4db88 | 2014-07-15 00:56:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3315 | } else if (Operator::getOpcode(V) == Instruction::BitCast || |
| 3316 | Operator::getOpcode(V) == Instruction::AddrSpaceCast) { |
Dan Gohman | a4fcd24 | 2010-12-15 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3317 | V = cast<Operator>(V)->getOperand(0); |
| 3318 | } else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V)) { |
Sanjoy Das | 5ce3272 | 2016-04-08 00:48:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3319 | if (GA->isInterposable()) |
Dan Gohman | a4fcd24 | 2010-12-15 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3320 | return V; |
| 3321 | V = GA->getAliasee(); |
Craig Topper | 8548241 | 2017-04-12 22:29:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3322 | } else if (isa<AllocaInst>(V)) { |
| 3323 | // An alloca can't be further simplified. |
| 3324 | return V; |
Dan Gohman | a4fcd24 | 2010-12-15 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3325 | } else { |
Hal Finkel | 5c12d8f | 2016-07-11 01:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3326 | if (auto CS = CallSite(V)) |
| 3327 | if (Value *RV = CS.getReturnedArgOperand()) { |
| 3328 | V = RV; |
| 3329 | continue; |
| 3330 | } |
| 3331 | |
Dan Gohman | 05b18f1 | 2010-12-15 20:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3332 | // See if InstructionSimplify knows any relevant tricks. |
| 3333 | if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3334 | // TODO: Acquire a DominatorTree and AssumptionCache and use them. |
Daniel Berlin | 4d0fe64 | 2017-04-28 19:55:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3335 | if (Value *Simplified = SimplifyInstruction(I, {DL, I})) { |
Dan Gohman | 05b18f1 | 2010-12-15 20:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3336 | V = Simplified; |
| 3337 | continue; |
| 3338 | } |
| 3339 | |
Dan Gohman | a4fcd24 | 2010-12-15 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3340 | return V; |
| 3341 | } |
| 3342 | assert(V->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected operand type!"); |
| 3343 | } |
| 3344 | return V; |
| 3345 | } |
Nick Lewycky | 3e334a4 | 2011-06-27 04:20:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3346 | |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3347 | void llvm::GetUnderlyingObjects(Value *V, SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Objects, |
Adam Nemet | e2b885c | 2015-04-23 20:09:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3348 | const DataLayout &DL, LoopInfo *LI, |
| 3349 | unsigned MaxLookup) { |
Dan Gohman | ed7c24e2 | 2012-05-10 18:57:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3350 | SmallPtrSet<Value *, 4> Visited; |
| 3351 | SmallVector<Value *, 4> Worklist; |
| 3352 | Worklist.push_back(V); |
| 3353 | do { |
| 3354 | Value *P = Worklist.pop_back_val(); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3355 | P = GetUnderlyingObject(P, DL, MaxLookup); |
Dan Gohman | ed7c24e2 | 2012-05-10 18:57:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3356 | |
David Blaikie | 70573dc | 2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3357 | if (!Visited.insert(P).second) |
Dan Gohman | ed7c24e2 | 2012-05-10 18:57:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3358 | continue; |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 | if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(P)) { |
| 3361 | Worklist.push_back(SI->getTrueValue()); |
| 3362 | Worklist.push_back(SI->getFalseValue()); |
| 3363 | continue; |
| 3364 | } |
| 3365 | |
| 3366 | if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(P)) { |
Adam Nemet | e2b885c | 2015-04-23 20:09:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3367 | // If this PHI changes the underlying object in every iteration of the |
| 3368 | // loop, don't look through it. Consider: |
| 3369 | // int **A; |
| 3370 | // for (i) { |
| 3371 | // Prev = Curr; // Prev = PHI (Prev_0, Curr) |
| 3372 | // Curr = A[i]; |
| 3373 | // *Prev, *Curr; |
| 3374 | // |
| 3375 | // Prev is tracking Curr one iteration behind so they refer to different |
| 3376 | // underlying objects. |
| 3377 | if (!LI || !LI->isLoopHeader(PN->getParent()) || |
| 3378 | isSameUnderlyingObjectInLoop(PN, LI)) |
Pete Cooper | 833f34d | 2015-05-12 20:05:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3379 | for (Value *IncValue : PN->incoming_values()) |
| 3380 | Worklist.push_back(IncValue); |
Dan Gohman | ed7c24e2 | 2012-05-10 18:57:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3381 | continue; |
| 3382 | } |
| 3383 | |
| 3384 | Objects.push_back(P); |
| 3385 | } while (!Worklist.empty()); |
| 3386 | } |
| 3387 | |
Hiroshi Inoue | b9417db | 2017-08-01 03:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3388 | /// This is the function that does the work of looking through basic |
| 3389 | /// ptrtoint+arithmetic+inttoptr sequences. |
| 3390 | static const Value *getUnderlyingObjectFromInt(const Value *V) { |
| 3391 | do { |
| 3392 | if (const Operator *U = dyn_cast<Operator>(V)) { |
| 3393 | // If we find a ptrtoint, we can transfer control back to the |
| 3394 | // regular getUnderlyingObjectFromInt. |
| 3395 | if (U->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt) |
| 3396 | return U->getOperand(0); |
| 3397 | // If we find an add of a constant, a multiplied value, or a phi, it's |
| 3398 | // likely that the other operand will lead us to the base |
| 3399 | // object. We don't have to worry about the case where the |
| 3400 | // object address is somehow being computed by the multiply, |
| 3401 | // because our callers only care when the result is an |
| 3402 | // identifiable object. |
| 3403 | if (U->getOpcode() != Instruction::Add || |
| 3404 | (!isa<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1)) && |
| 3405 | Operator::getOpcode(U->getOperand(1)) != Instruction::Mul && |
| 3406 | !isa<PHINode>(U->getOperand(1)))) |
| 3407 | return V; |
| 3408 | V = U->getOperand(0); |
| 3409 | } else { |
| 3410 | return V; |
| 3411 | } |
| 3412 | assert(V->getType()->isIntegerTy() && "Unexpected operand type!"); |
| 3413 | } while (true); |
| 3414 | } |
| 3415 | |
| 3416 | /// This is a wrapper around GetUnderlyingObjects and adds support for basic |
| 3417 | /// ptrtoint+arithmetic+inttoptr sequences. |
Hiroshi Inoue | b49b015 | 2017-10-12 06:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3418 | /// It returns false if unidentified object is found in GetUnderlyingObjects. |
| 3419 | bool llvm::getUnderlyingObjectsForCodeGen(const Value *V, |
Hiroshi Inoue | b9417db | 2017-08-01 03:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3420 | SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Objects, |
| 3421 | const DataLayout &DL) { |
| 3422 | SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 16> Visited; |
| 3423 | SmallVector<const Value *, 4> Working(1, V); |
| 3424 | do { |
| 3425 | V = Working.pop_back_val(); |
| 3426 | |
| 3427 | SmallVector<Value *, 4> Objs; |
| 3428 | GetUnderlyingObjects(const_cast<Value *>(V), Objs, DL); |
| 3429 | |
| 3430 | for (Value *V : Objs) { |
Hiroshi Inoue | b9417db | 2017-08-01 03:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3431 | if (!Visited.insert(V).second) |
| 3432 | continue; |
| 3433 | if (Operator::getOpcode(V) == Instruction::IntToPtr) { |
| 3434 | const Value *O = |
| 3435 | getUnderlyingObjectFromInt(cast<User>(V)->getOperand(0)); |
| 3436 | if (O->getType()->isPointerTy()) { |
| 3437 | Working.push_back(O); |
| 3438 | continue; |
| 3439 | } |
| 3440 | } |
Hiroshi Inoue | 0bd906e | 2017-08-02 18:16:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3441 | // If GetUnderlyingObjects fails to find an identifiable object, |
| 3442 | // getUnderlyingObjectsForCodeGen also fails for safety. |
| 3443 | if (!isIdentifiedObject(V)) { |
| 3444 | Objects.clear(); |
Hiroshi Inoue | b49b015 | 2017-10-12 06:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3445 | return false; |
Hiroshi Inoue | 0bd906e | 2017-08-02 18:16:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3446 | } |
Hiroshi Inoue | b9417db | 2017-08-01 03:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3447 | Objects.push_back(const_cast<Value *>(V)); |
| 3448 | } |
| 3449 | } while (!Working.empty()); |
Hiroshi Inoue | b49b015 | 2017-10-12 06:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3450 | return true; |
Hiroshi Inoue | b9417db | 2017-08-01 03:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3451 | } |
| 3452 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3453 | /// Return true if the only users of this pointer are lifetime markers. |
Nick Lewycky | 3e334a4 | 2011-06-27 04:20:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3454 | bool llvm::onlyUsedByLifetimeMarkers(const Value *V) { |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3455 | for (const User *U : V->users()) { |
| 3456 | const IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U); |
Nick Lewycky | 3e334a4 | 2011-06-27 04:20:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3457 | if (!II) return false; |
| 3458 | |
| 3459 | if (II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_start && |
| 3460 | II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_end) |
| 3461 | return false; |
| 3462 | } |
| 3463 | return true; |
| 3464 | } |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3465 | |
Sanjoy Das | f8a0db5 | 2015-05-18 18:07:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3466 | bool llvm::isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(const Value *V, |
| 3467 | const Instruction *CtxI, |
Sean Silva | 45835e7 | 2016-07-02 23:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3468 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Dan Gohman | 7ac046a | 2012-01-04 23:01:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3469 | const Operator *Inst = dyn_cast<Operator>(V); |
| 3470 | if (!Inst) |
| 3471 | return false; |
| 3472 | |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3473 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Inst->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) |
| 3474 | if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Inst->getOperand(i))) |
| 3475 | if (C->canTrap()) |
| 3476 | return false; |
| 3477 | |
| 3478 | switch (Inst->getOpcode()) { |
| 3479 | default: |
| 3480 | return true; |
| 3481 | case Instruction::UDiv: |
David Majnemer | f20d7c4 | 2014-11-04 23:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3482 | case Instruction::URem: { |
| 3483 | // x / y is undefined if y == 0. |
| 3484 | const APInt *V; |
| 3485 | if (match(Inst->getOperand(1), m_APInt(V))) |
| 3486 | return *V != 0; |
| 3487 | return false; |
| 3488 | } |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3489 | case Instruction::SDiv: |
| 3490 | case Instruction::SRem: { |
David Majnemer | f20d7c4 | 2014-11-04 23:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3491 | // x / y is undefined if y == 0 or x == INT_MIN and y == -1 |
David Majnemer | 8a6578a | 2015-02-01 19:10:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3492 | const APInt *Numerator, *Denominator; |
| 3493 | if (!match(Inst->getOperand(1), m_APInt(Denominator))) |
| 3494 | return false; |
| 3495 | // We cannot hoist this division if the denominator is 0. |
| 3496 | if (*Denominator == 0) |
| 3497 | return false; |
| 3498 | // It's safe to hoist if the denominator is not 0 or -1. |
| 3499 | if (*Denominator != -1) |
| 3500 | return true; |
| 3501 | // At this point we know that the denominator is -1. It is safe to hoist as |
| 3502 | // long we know that the numerator is not INT_MIN. |
| 3503 | if (match(Inst->getOperand(0), m_APInt(Numerator))) |
| 3504 | return !Numerator->isMinSignedValue(); |
| 3505 | // The numerator *might* be MinSignedValue. |
David Majnemer | f20d7c4 | 2014-11-04 23:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3506 | return false; |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3507 | } |
| 3508 | case Instruction::Load: { |
| 3509 | const LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(Inst); |
Kostya Serebryany | 0b45828 | 2013-11-21 07:29:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3510 | if (!LI->isUnordered() || |
| 3511 | // Speculative load may create a race that did not exist in the source. |
Sanjoy Das | b66374c | 2016-07-14 20:19:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3512 | LI->getFunction()->hasFnAttribute(Attribute::SanitizeThread) || |
Kostya Serebryany | 5cb86d5 | 2015-10-14 00:21:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3513 | // Speculative load may load data from dirty regions. |
Sanjoy Das | b66374c | 2016-07-14 20:19:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3514 | LI->getFunction()->hasFnAttribute(Attribute::SanitizeAddress)) |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3515 | return false; |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3516 | const DataLayout &DL = LI->getModule()->getDataLayout(); |
Sean Silva | 45835e7 | 2016-07-02 23:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3517 | return isDereferenceableAndAlignedPointer(LI->getPointerOperand(), |
| 3518 | LI->getAlignment(), DL, CtxI, DT); |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3519 | } |
Nick Lewycky | b4039f6 | 2011-12-21 05:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3520 | case Instruction::Call: { |
Matt Arsenault | cf5e7fe | 2017-04-28 21:13:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3521 | auto *CI = cast<const CallInst>(Inst); |
| 3522 | const Function *Callee = CI->getCalledFunction(); |
David Majnemer | 0a92f86 | 2015-08-28 21:13:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3523 | |
Matt Arsenault | 6a288c1 | 2017-05-03 02:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3524 | // The called function could have undefined behavior or side-effects, even |
| 3525 | // if marked readnone nounwind. |
| 3526 | return Callee && Callee->isSpeculatable(); |
Nick Lewycky | b4039f6 | 2011-12-21 05:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3527 | } |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3528 | case Instruction::VAArg: |
| 3529 | case Instruction::Alloca: |
| 3530 | case Instruction::Invoke: |
| 3531 | case Instruction::PHI: |
| 3532 | case Instruction::Store: |
| 3533 | case Instruction::Ret: |
| 3534 | case Instruction::Br: |
| 3535 | case Instruction::IndirectBr: |
| 3536 | case Instruction::Switch: |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3537 | case Instruction::Unreachable: |
| 3538 | case Instruction::Fence: |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3539 | case Instruction::AtomicRMW: |
| 3540 | case Instruction::AtomicCmpXchg: |
David Majnemer | 654e130 | 2015-07-31 17:58:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3541 | case Instruction::LandingPad: |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3542 | case Instruction::Resume: |
David Majnemer | 8a1c45d | 2015-12-12 05:38:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3543 | case Instruction::CatchSwitch: |
David Majnemer | 654e130 | 2015-07-31 17:58:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3544 | case Instruction::CatchPad: |
David Majnemer | 654e130 | 2015-07-31 17:58:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3545 | case Instruction::CatchRet: |
| 3546 | case Instruction::CleanupPad: |
| 3547 | case Instruction::CleanupRet: |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3548 | return false; // Misc instructions which have effects |
| 3549 | } |
| 3550 | } |
Dan Gohman | 1b0f79d | 2013-01-31 02:40:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3551 | |
Quentin Colombet | 6443cce | 2015-08-06 18:44:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3552 | bool llvm::mayBeMemoryDependent(const Instruction &I) { |
| 3553 | return I.mayReadOrWriteMemory() || !isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(&I); |
| 3554 | } |
| 3555 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3556 | OverflowResult llvm::computeOverflowForUnsignedMul(const Value *LHS, |
| 3557 | const Value *RHS, |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3558 | const DataLayout &DL, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3559 | AssumptionCache *AC, |
David Majnemer | 491331a | 2015-01-02 07:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3560 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 3561 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
| 3562 | // Multiplying n * m significant bits yields a result of n + m significant |
| 3563 | // bits. If the total number of significant bits does not exceed the |
| 3564 | // result bit width (minus 1), there is no overflow. |
| 3565 | // This means if we have enough leading zero bits in the operands |
| 3566 | // we can guarantee that the result does not overflow. |
| 3567 | // Ref: "Hacker's Delight" by Henry Warren |
| 3568 | unsigned BitWidth = LHS->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3569 | KnownBits LHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 3570 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 3571 | computeKnownBits(LHS, LHSKnown, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 3572 | computeKnownBits(RHS, RHSKnown, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
David Majnemer | 491331a | 2015-01-02 07:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3573 | // Note that underestimating the number of zero bits gives a more |
| 3574 | // conservative answer. |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3575 | unsigned ZeroBits = LHSKnown.countMinLeadingZeros() + |
| 3576 | RHSKnown.countMinLeadingZeros(); |
David Majnemer | 491331a | 2015-01-02 07:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3577 | // First handle the easy case: if we have enough zero bits there's |
| 3578 | // definitely no overflow. |
| 3579 | if (ZeroBits >= BitWidth) |
| 3580 | return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows; |
| 3581 | |
| 3582 | // Get the largest possible values for each operand. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3583 | APInt LHSMax = ~LHSKnown.Zero; |
| 3584 | APInt RHSMax = ~RHSKnown.Zero; |
David Majnemer | 491331a | 2015-01-02 07:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3585 | |
| 3586 | // We know the multiply operation doesn't overflow if the maximum values for |
| 3587 | // each operand will not overflow after we multiply them together. |
David Majnemer | c8a576b | 2015-01-02 07:29:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3588 | bool MaxOverflow; |
Craig Topper | 9b71a40 | 2017-04-19 21:09:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3589 | (void)LHSMax.umul_ov(RHSMax, MaxOverflow); |
David Majnemer | c8a576b | 2015-01-02 07:29:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3590 | if (!MaxOverflow) |
| 3591 | return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows; |
David Majnemer | 491331a | 2015-01-02 07:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3592 | |
David Majnemer | c8a576b | 2015-01-02 07:29:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3593 | // We know it always overflows if multiplying the smallest possible values for |
| 3594 | // the operands also results in overflow. |
| 3595 | bool MinOverflow; |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3596 | (void)LHSKnown.One.umul_ov(RHSKnown.One, MinOverflow); |
David Majnemer | c8a576b | 2015-01-02 07:29:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3597 | if (MinOverflow) |
| 3598 | return OverflowResult::AlwaysOverflows; |
| 3599 | |
| 3600 | return OverflowResult::MayOverflow; |
David Majnemer | 491331a | 2015-01-02 07:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3601 | } |
David Majnemer | 5310c1e | 2015-01-07 00:39:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3602 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3603 | OverflowResult llvm::computeOverflowForUnsignedAdd(const Value *LHS, |
| 3604 | const Value *RHS, |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3605 | const DataLayout &DL, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3606 | AssumptionCache *AC, |
David Majnemer | 5310c1e | 2015-01-07 00:39:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3607 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 3608 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3609 | KnownBits LHSKnown = computeKnownBits(LHS, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 3610 | if (LHSKnown.isNonNegative() || LHSKnown.isNegative()) { |
| 3611 | KnownBits RHSKnown = computeKnownBits(RHS, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
David Majnemer | 5310c1e | 2015-01-07 00:39:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3612 | |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3613 | if (LHSKnown.isNegative() && RHSKnown.isNegative()) { |
David Majnemer | 5310c1e | 2015-01-07 00:39:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3614 | // The sign bit is set in both cases: this MUST overflow. |
| 3615 | // Create a simple add instruction, and insert it into the struct. |
| 3616 | return OverflowResult::AlwaysOverflows; |
| 3617 | } |
| 3618 | |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3619 | if (LHSKnown.isNonNegative() && RHSKnown.isNonNegative()) { |
David Majnemer | 5310c1e | 2015-01-07 00:39:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3620 | // The sign bit is clear in both cases: this CANNOT overflow. |
| 3621 | // Create a simple add instruction, and insert it into the struct. |
| 3622 | return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows; |
| 3623 | } |
| 3624 | } |
| 3625 | |
| 3626 | return OverflowResult::MayOverflow; |
| 3627 | } |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3628 | |
Craig Topper | bb97372 | 2017-05-15 02:44:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3629 | /// \brief Return true if we can prove that adding the two values of the |
| 3630 | /// knownbits will not overflow. |
| 3631 | /// Otherwise return false. |
| 3632 | static bool checkRippleForSignedAdd(const KnownBits &LHSKnown, |
| 3633 | const KnownBits &RHSKnown) { |
| 3634 | // Addition of two 2's complement numbers having opposite signs will never |
| 3635 | // overflow. |
| 3636 | if ((LHSKnown.isNegative() && RHSKnown.isNonNegative()) || |
| 3637 | (LHSKnown.isNonNegative() && RHSKnown.isNegative())) |
| 3638 | return true; |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 | // If either of the values is known to be non-negative, adding them can only |
| 3641 | // overflow if the second is also non-negative, so we can assume that. |
| 3642 | // Two non-negative numbers will only overflow if there is a carry to the |
| 3643 | // sign bit, so we can check if even when the values are as big as possible |
| 3644 | // there is no overflow to the sign bit. |
| 3645 | if (LHSKnown.isNonNegative() || RHSKnown.isNonNegative()) { |
| 3646 | APInt MaxLHS = ~LHSKnown.Zero; |
| 3647 | MaxLHS.clearSignBit(); |
| 3648 | APInt MaxRHS = ~RHSKnown.Zero; |
| 3649 | MaxRHS.clearSignBit(); |
| 3650 | APInt Result = std::move(MaxLHS) + std::move(MaxRHS); |
| 3651 | return Result.isSignBitClear(); |
| 3652 | } |
| 3653 | |
| 3654 | // If either of the values is known to be negative, adding them can only |
| 3655 | // overflow if the second is also negative, so we can assume that. |
| 3656 | // Two negative number will only overflow if there is no carry to the sign |
| 3657 | // bit, so we can check if even when the values are as small as possible |
| 3658 | // there is overflow to the sign bit. |
| 3659 | if (LHSKnown.isNegative() || RHSKnown.isNegative()) { |
| 3660 | APInt MinLHS = LHSKnown.One; |
| 3661 | MinLHS.clearSignBit(); |
| 3662 | APInt MinRHS = RHSKnown.One; |
| 3663 | MinRHS.clearSignBit(); |
| 3664 | APInt Result = std::move(MinLHS) + std::move(MinRHS); |
| 3665 | return Result.isSignBitSet(); |
| 3666 | } |
| 3667 | |
| 3668 | // If we reached here it means that we know nothing about the sign bits. |
| 3669 | // In this case we can't know if there will be an overflow, since by |
| 3670 | // changing the sign bits any two values can be made to overflow. |
| 3671 | return false; |
| 3672 | } |
| 3673 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3674 | static OverflowResult computeOverflowForSignedAdd(const Value *LHS, |
| 3675 | const Value *RHS, |
| 3676 | const AddOperator *Add, |
| 3677 | const DataLayout &DL, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3678 | AssumptionCache *AC, |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3679 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 3680 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3681 | if (Add && Add->hasNoSignedWrap()) { |
| 3682 | return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows; |
| 3683 | } |
| 3684 | |
Craig Topper | bb97372 | 2017-05-15 02:44:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3685 | // If LHS and RHS each have at least two sign bits, the addition will look |
| 3686 | // like |
| 3687 | // |
| 3688 | // XX..... + |
| 3689 | // YY..... |
| 3690 | // |
| 3691 | // If the carry into the most significant position is 0, X and Y can't both |
| 3692 | // be 1 and therefore the carry out of the addition is also 0. |
| 3693 | // |
| 3694 | // If the carry into the most significant position is 1, X and Y can't both |
| 3695 | // be 0 and therefore the carry out of the addition is also 1. |
| 3696 | // |
| 3697 | // Since the carry into the most significant position is always equal to |
| 3698 | // the carry out of the addition, there is no signed overflow. |
| 3699 | if (ComputeNumSignBits(LHS, DL, 0, AC, CxtI, DT) > 1 && |
| 3700 | ComputeNumSignBits(RHS, DL, 0, AC, CxtI, DT) > 1) |
| 3701 | return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows; |
| 3702 | |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3703 | KnownBits LHSKnown = computeKnownBits(LHS, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 3704 | KnownBits RHSKnown = computeKnownBits(RHS, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3705 | |
Craig Topper | bb97372 | 2017-05-15 02:44:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3706 | if (checkRippleForSignedAdd(LHSKnown, RHSKnown)) |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3707 | return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows; |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3708 | |
| 3709 | // The remaining code needs Add to be available. Early returns if not so. |
| 3710 | if (!Add) |
| 3711 | return OverflowResult::MayOverflow; |
| 3712 | |
| 3713 | // If the sign of Add is the same as at least one of the operands, this add |
| 3714 | // CANNOT overflow. This is particularly useful when the sum is |
| 3715 | // @llvm.assume'ed non-negative rather than proved so from analyzing its |
| 3716 | // operands. |
| 3717 | bool LHSOrRHSKnownNonNegative = |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3718 | (LHSKnown.isNonNegative() || RHSKnown.isNonNegative()); |
Craig Topper | bb97372 | 2017-05-15 02:44:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3719 | bool LHSOrRHSKnownNegative = |
| 3720 | (LHSKnown.isNegative() || RHSKnown.isNegative()); |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3721 | if (LHSOrRHSKnownNonNegative || LHSOrRHSKnownNegative) { |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3722 | KnownBits AddKnown = computeKnownBits(Add, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 3723 | if ((AddKnown.isNonNegative() && LHSOrRHSKnownNonNegative) || |
| 3724 | (AddKnown.isNegative() && LHSOrRHSKnownNegative)) { |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3725 | return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows; |
| 3726 | } |
| 3727 | } |
| 3728 | |
| 3729 | return OverflowResult::MayOverflow; |
| 3730 | } |
| 3731 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3732 | bool llvm::isOverflowIntrinsicNoWrap(const IntrinsicInst *II, |
| 3733 | const DominatorTree &DT) { |
Sanjoy Das | f49ca52 | 2016-05-29 00:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3734 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
| 3735 | auto IID = II->getIntrinsicID(); |
| 3736 | assert((IID == Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow || |
| 3737 | IID == Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow || |
| 3738 | IID == Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow || |
| 3739 | IID == Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow || |
| 3740 | IID == Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow || |
| 3741 | IID == Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow) && |
| 3742 | "Not an overflow intrinsic!"); |
| 3743 | #endif |
| 3744 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3745 | SmallVector<const BranchInst *, 2> GuardingBranches; |
| 3746 | SmallVector<const ExtractValueInst *, 2> Results; |
Sanjoy Das | f49ca52 | 2016-05-29 00:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3747 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3748 | for (const User *U : II->users()) { |
| 3749 | if (const auto *EVI = dyn_cast<ExtractValueInst>(U)) { |
Sanjoy Das | f49ca52 | 2016-05-29 00:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3750 | assert(EVI->getNumIndices() == 1 && "Obvious from CI's type"); |
| 3751 | |
| 3752 | if (EVI->getIndices()[0] == 0) |
| 3753 | Results.push_back(EVI); |
| 3754 | else { |
| 3755 | assert(EVI->getIndices()[0] == 1 && "Obvious from CI's type"); |
| 3756 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3757 | for (const auto *U : EVI->users()) |
| 3758 | if (const auto *B = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(U)) { |
Sanjoy Das | f49ca52 | 2016-05-29 00:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3759 | assert(B->isConditional() && "How else is it using an i1?"); |
| 3760 | GuardingBranches.push_back(B); |
| 3761 | } |
| 3762 | } |
| 3763 | } else { |
| 3764 | // We are using the aggregate directly in a way we don't want to analyze |
| 3765 | // here (storing it to a global, say). |
| 3766 | return false; |
| 3767 | } |
| 3768 | } |
| 3769 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3770 | auto AllUsesGuardedByBranch = [&](const BranchInst *BI) { |
Sanjoy Das | f49ca52 | 2016-05-29 00:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3771 | BasicBlockEdge NoWrapEdge(BI->getParent(), BI->getSuccessor(1)); |
| 3772 | if (!NoWrapEdge.isSingleEdge()) |
| 3773 | return false; |
| 3774 | |
| 3775 | // Check if all users of the add are provably no-wrap. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3776 | for (const auto *Result : Results) { |
Sanjoy Das | f49ca52 | 2016-05-29 00:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3777 | // If the extractvalue itself is not executed on overflow, the we don't |
| 3778 | // need to check each use separately, since domination is transitive. |
| 3779 | if (DT.dominates(NoWrapEdge, Result->getParent())) |
| 3780 | continue; |
| 3781 | |
| 3782 | for (auto &RU : Result->uses()) |
| 3783 | if (!DT.dominates(NoWrapEdge, RU)) |
| 3784 | return false; |
| 3785 | } |
| 3786 | |
| 3787 | return true; |
| 3788 | }; |
| 3789 | |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3790 | return llvm::any_of(GuardingBranches, AllUsesGuardedByBranch); |
Sanjoy Das | f49ca52 | 2016-05-29 00:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3791 | } |
| 3792 | |
| 3793 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3794 | OverflowResult llvm::computeOverflowForSignedAdd(const AddOperator *Add, |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3795 | const DataLayout &DL, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3796 | AssumptionCache *AC, |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3797 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 3798 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
| 3799 | return ::computeOverflowForSignedAdd(Add->getOperand(0), Add->getOperand(1), |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3800 | Add, DL, AC, CxtI, DT); |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3801 | } |
| 3802 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3803 | OverflowResult llvm::computeOverflowForSignedAdd(const Value *LHS, |
| 3804 | const Value *RHS, |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3805 | const DataLayout &DL, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3806 | AssumptionCache *AC, |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3807 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 3808 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3809 | return ::computeOverflowForSignedAdd(LHS, RHS, nullptr, DL, AC, CxtI, DT); |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3810 | } |
| 3811 | |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3812 | bool llvm::isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(const Instruction *I) { |
Eli Friedman | f1da33e | 2016-06-11 21:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3813 | // A memory operation returns normally if it isn't volatile. A volatile |
| 3814 | // operation is allowed to trap. |
| 3815 | // |
| 3816 | // An atomic operation isn't guaranteed to return in a reasonable amount of |
| 3817 | // time because it's possible for another thread to interfere with it for an |
| 3818 | // arbitrary length of time, but programs aren't allowed to rely on that. |
| 3819 | if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) |
| 3820 | return !LI->isVolatile(); |
| 3821 | if (const StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) |
| 3822 | return !SI->isVolatile(); |
| 3823 | if (const AtomicCmpXchgInst *CXI = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I)) |
| 3824 | return !CXI->isVolatile(); |
| 3825 | if (const AtomicRMWInst *RMWI = dyn_cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I)) |
| 3826 | return !RMWI->isVolatile(); |
| 3827 | if (const MemIntrinsic *MII = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(I)) |
| 3828 | return !MII->isVolatile(); |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3829 | |
Eli Friedman | f1da33e | 2016-06-11 21:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3830 | // If there is no successor, then execution can't transfer to it. |
| 3831 | if (const auto *CRI = dyn_cast<CleanupReturnInst>(I)) |
| 3832 | return !CRI->unwindsToCaller(); |
| 3833 | if (const auto *CatchSwitch = dyn_cast<CatchSwitchInst>(I)) |
| 3834 | return !CatchSwitch->unwindsToCaller(); |
| 3835 | if (isa<ResumeInst>(I)) |
| 3836 | return false; |
| 3837 | if (isa<ReturnInst>(I)) |
| 3838 | return false; |
Sebastian Pop | 4a4d245 | 2017-03-08 01:54:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3839 | if (isa<UnreachableInst>(I)) |
| 3840 | return false; |
Sanjoy Das | 9a65cd2 | 2016-06-08 17:48:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3841 | |
Eli Friedman | f1da33e | 2016-06-11 21:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3842 | // Calls can throw, or contain an infinite loop, or kill the process. |
Sanjoy Das | 0945530 | 2016-12-31 22:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3843 | if (auto CS = ImmutableCallSite(I)) { |
Sanjoy Das | 3bb2dbd | 2016-12-31 22:12:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3844 | // Call sites that throw have implicit non-local control flow. |
| 3845 | if (!CS.doesNotThrow()) |
| 3846 | return false; |
| 3847 | |
| 3848 | // Non-throwing call sites can loop infinitely, call exit/pthread_exit |
| 3849 | // etc. and thus not return. However, LLVM already assumes that |
| 3850 | // |
| 3851 | // - Thread exiting actions are modeled as writes to memory invisible to |
| 3852 | // the program. |
| 3853 | // |
| 3854 | // - Loops that don't have side effects (side effects are volatile/atomic |
| 3855 | // stores and IO) always terminate (see http://llvm.org/PR965). |
| 3856 | // Furthermore IO itself is also modeled as writes to memory invisible to |
| 3857 | // the program. |
| 3858 | // |
| 3859 | // We rely on those assumptions here, and use the memory effects of the call |
| 3860 | // target as a proxy for checking that it always returns. |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 | // FIXME: This isn't aggressive enough; a call which only writes to a global |
| 3863 | // is guaranteed to return. |
Sanjoy Das | d7e8206 | 2016-06-14 20:23:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3864 | return CS.onlyReadsMemory() || CS.onlyAccessesArgMemory() || |
Dan Gohman | 2c74fe9 | 2017-11-08 21:59:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3865 | match(I, m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::assume>()) || |
| 3866 | match(I, m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::sideeffect>()); |
Eli Friedman | f1da33e | 2016-06-11 21:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3867 | } |
| 3868 | |
| 3869 | // Other instructions return normally. |
| 3870 | return true; |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3871 | } |
| 3872 | |
| 3873 | bool llvm::isGuaranteedToExecuteForEveryIteration(const Instruction *I, |
| 3874 | const Loop *L) { |
| 3875 | // The loop header is guaranteed to be executed for every iteration. |
| 3876 | // |
| 3877 | // FIXME: Relax this constraint to cover all basic blocks that are |
| 3878 | // guaranteed to be executed at every iteration. |
| 3879 | if (I->getParent() != L->getHeader()) return false; |
| 3880 | |
| 3881 | for (const Instruction &LI : *L->getHeader()) { |
| 3882 | if (&LI == I) return true; |
| 3883 | if (!isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(&LI)) return false; |
| 3884 | } |
| 3885 | llvm_unreachable("Instruction not contained in its own parent basic block."); |
| 3886 | } |
| 3887 | |
| 3888 | bool llvm::propagatesFullPoison(const Instruction *I) { |
| 3889 | switch (I->getOpcode()) { |
Sanjoy Das | 7b0b408 | 2017-02-21 02:42:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3890 | case Instruction::Add: |
| 3891 | case Instruction::Sub: |
| 3892 | case Instruction::Xor: |
| 3893 | case Instruction::Trunc: |
| 3894 | case Instruction::BitCast: |
| 3895 | case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast: |
Sanjoy Das | 5cd6c5ca | 2017-02-22 06:52:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3896 | case Instruction::Mul: |
| 3897 | case Instruction::Shl: |
| 3898 | case Instruction::GetElementPtr: |
Sanjoy Das | 7b0b408 | 2017-02-21 02:42:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3899 | // These operations all propagate poison unconditionally. Note that poison |
| 3900 | // is not any particular value, so xor or subtraction of poison with |
| 3901 | // itself still yields poison, not zero. |
| 3902 | return true; |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3903 | |
Sanjoy Das | 7b0b408 | 2017-02-21 02:42:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3904 | case Instruction::AShr: |
| 3905 | case Instruction::SExt: |
| 3906 | // For these operations, one bit of the input is replicated across |
| 3907 | // multiple output bits. A replicated poison bit is still poison. |
| 3908 | return true; |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3909 | |
Sanjoy Das | 7b0b408 | 2017-02-21 02:42:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3910 | case Instruction::ICmp: |
| 3911 | // Comparing poison with any value yields poison. This is why, for |
| 3912 | // instance, x s< (x +nsw 1) can be folded to true. |
| 3913 | return true; |
Sanjoy Das | 70c2bbd | 2016-05-29 00:31:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3914 | |
Sanjoy Das | 7b0b408 | 2017-02-21 02:42:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3915 | default: |
| 3916 | return false; |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3917 | } |
| 3918 | } |
| 3919 | |
| 3920 | const Value *llvm::getGuaranteedNonFullPoisonOp(const Instruction *I) { |
| 3921 | switch (I->getOpcode()) { |
| 3922 | case Instruction::Store: |
| 3923 | return cast<StoreInst>(I)->getPointerOperand(); |
| 3924 | |
| 3925 | case Instruction::Load: |
| 3926 | return cast<LoadInst>(I)->getPointerOperand(); |
| 3927 | |
| 3928 | case Instruction::AtomicCmpXchg: |
| 3929 | return cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I)->getPointerOperand(); |
| 3930 | |
| 3931 | case Instruction::AtomicRMW: |
| 3932 | return cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I)->getPointerOperand(); |
| 3933 | |
| 3934 | case Instruction::UDiv: |
| 3935 | case Instruction::SDiv: |
| 3936 | case Instruction::URem: |
| 3937 | case Instruction::SRem: |
| 3938 | return I->getOperand(1); |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 | default: |
| 3941 | return nullptr; |
| 3942 | } |
| 3943 | } |
| 3944 | |
Sanjoy Das | 08989c7 | 2017-04-30 19:41:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3945 | bool llvm::programUndefinedIfFullPoison(const Instruction *PoisonI) { |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3946 | // We currently only look for uses of poison values within the same basic |
| 3947 | // block, as that makes it easier to guarantee that the uses will be |
| 3948 | // executed given that PoisonI is executed. |
| 3949 | // |
| 3950 | // FIXME: Expand this to consider uses beyond the same basic block. To do |
| 3951 | // this, look out for the distinction between post-dominance and strong |
| 3952 | // post-dominance. |
| 3953 | const BasicBlock *BB = PoisonI->getParent(); |
| 3954 | |
| 3955 | // Set of instructions that we have proved will yield poison if PoisonI |
| 3956 | // does. |
| 3957 | SmallSet<const Value *, 16> YieldsPoison; |
Sanjoy Das | a6155b6 | 2016-04-22 17:41:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3958 | SmallSet<const BasicBlock *, 4> Visited; |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3959 | YieldsPoison.insert(PoisonI); |
Sanjoy Das | a6155b6 | 2016-04-22 17:41:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3960 | Visited.insert(PoisonI->getParent()); |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3961 | |
Sanjoy Das | a6155b6 | 2016-04-22 17:41:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3962 | BasicBlock::const_iterator Begin = PoisonI->getIterator(), End = BB->end(); |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3963 | |
Sanjoy Das | a6155b6 | 2016-04-22 17:41:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3964 | unsigned Iter = 0; |
| 3965 | while (Iter++ < MaxDepth) { |
| 3966 | for (auto &I : make_range(Begin, End)) { |
| 3967 | if (&I != PoisonI) { |
| 3968 | const Value *NotPoison = getGuaranteedNonFullPoisonOp(&I); |
| 3969 | if (NotPoison != nullptr && YieldsPoison.count(NotPoison)) |
| 3970 | return true; |
| 3971 | if (!isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(&I)) |
| 3972 | return false; |
| 3973 | } |
| 3974 | |
| 3975 | // Mark poison that propagates from I through uses of I. |
| 3976 | if (YieldsPoison.count(&I)) { |
| 3977 | for (const User *User : I.users()) { |
| 3978 | const Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(User); |
| 3979 | if (propagatesFullPoison(UserI)) |
| 3980 | YieldsPoison.insert(User); |
| 3981 | } |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3982 | } |
| 3983 | } |
Sanjoy Das | a6155b6 | 2016-04-22 17:41:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3984 | |
| 3985 | if (auto *NextBB = BB->getSingleSuccessor()) { |
| 3986 | if (Visited.insert(NextBB).second) { |
| 3987 | BB = NextBB; |
| 3988 | Begin = BB->getFirstNonPHI()->getIterator(); |
| 3989 | End = BB->end(); |
| 3990 | continue; |
| 3991 | } |
| 3992 | } |
| 3993 | |
| 3994 | break; |
Eugene Zelenko | 75075ef | 2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3995 | } |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3996 | return false; |
| 3997 | } |
| 3998 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3999 | static bool isKnownNonNaN(const Value *V, FastMathFlags FMF) { |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4000 | if (FMF.noNaNs()) |
| 4001 | return true; |
| 4002 | |
| 4003 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) |
| 4004 | return !C->isNaN(); |
| 4005 | return false; |
| 4006 | } |
| 4007 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4008 | static bool isKnownNonZero(const Value *V) { |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4009 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) |
| 4010 | return !C->isZero(); |
| 4011 | return false; |
| 4012 | } |
| 4013 | |
Nikolai Bozhenov | 1545eb3 | 2017-08-04 12:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4014 | /// Match clamp pattern for float types without care about NaNs or signed zeros. |
| 4015 | /// Given non-min/max outer cmp/select from the clamp pattern this |
| 4016 | /// function recognizes if it can be substitued by a "canonical" min/max |
| 4017 | /// pattern. |
| 4018 | static SelectPatternResult matchFastFloatClamp(CmpInst::Predicate Pred, |
| 4019 | Value *CmpLHS, Value *CmpRHS, |
| 4020 | Value *TrueVal, Value *FalseVal, |
| 4021 | Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS) { |
| 4022 | // Try to match |
| 4023 | // X < C1 ? C1 : Min(X, C2) --> Max(C1, Min(X, C2)) |
| 4024 | // X > C1 ? C1 : Max(X, C2) --> Min(C1, Max(X, C2)) |
| 4025 | // and return description of the outer Max/Min. |
| 4026 | |
| 4027 | // First, check if select has inverse order: |
| 4028 | if (CmpRHS == FalseVal) { |
| 4029 | std::swap(TrueVal, FalseVal); |
| 4030 | Pred = CmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred); |
| 4031 | } |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 | // Assume success now. If there's no match, callers should not use these anyway. |
| 4034 | LHS = TrueVal; |
| 4035 | RHS = FalseVal; |
| 4036 | |
| 4037 | const APFloat *FC1; |
| 4038 | if (CmpRHS != TrueVal || !match(CmpRHS, m_APFloat(FC1)) || !FC1->isFinite()) |
| 4039 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
| 4040 | |
| 4041 | const APFloat *FC2; |
| 4042 | switch (Pred) { |
| 4043 | case CmpInst::FCMP_OLT: |
| 4044 | case CmpInst::FCMP_OLE: |
| 4045 | case CmpInst::FCMP_ULT: |
| 4046 | case CmpInst::FCMP_ULE: |
| 4047 | if (match(FalseVal, |
| 4048 | m_CombineOr(m_OrdFMin(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_APFloat(FC2)), |
| 4049 | m_UnordFMin(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_APFloat(FC2)))) && |
| 4050 | FC1->compare(*FC2) == APFloat::cmpResult::cmpLessThan) |
| 4051 | return {SPF_FMAXNUM, SPNB_RETURNS_ANY, false}; |
| 4052 | break; |
| 4053 | case CmpInst::FCMP_OGT: |
| 4054 | case CmpInst::FCMP_OGE: |
| 4055 | case CmpInst::FCMP_UGT: |
| 4056 | case CmpInst::FCMP_UGE: |
| 4057 | if (match(FalseVal, |
| 4058 | m_CombineOr(m_OrdFMax(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_APFloat(FC2)), |
| 4059 | m_UnordFMax(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_APFloat(FC2)))) && |
| 4060 | FC1->compare(*FC2) == APFloat::cmpResult::cmpGreaterThan) |
| 4061 | return {SPF_FMINNUM, SPNB_RETURNS_ANY, false}; |
| 4062 | break; |
| 4063 | default: |
| 4064 | break; |
| 4065 | } |
| 4066 | |
| 4067 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
| 4068 | } |
| 4069 | |
Artur Gainullin | af7ba8f | 2017-10-27 20:53:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4070 | /// Recognize variations of: |
| 4071 | /// CLAMP(v,l,h) ==> ((v) < (l) ? (l) : ((v) > (h) ? (h) : (v))) |
| 4072 | static SelectPatternResult matchClamp(CmpInst::Predicate Pred, |
| 4073 | Value *CmpLHS, Value *CmpRHS, |
| 4074 | Value *TrueVal, Value *FalseVal) { |
| 4075 | // Swap the select operands and predicate to match the patterns below. |
| 4076 | if (CmpRHS != TrueVal) { |
| 4077 | Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred); |
| 4078 | std::swap(TrueVal, FalseVal); |
| 4079 | } |
Sanjay Patel | 0c1c70a | 2017-01-20 22:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4080 | const APInt *C1; |
| 4081 | if (CmpRHS == TrueVal && match(CmpRHS, m_APInt(C1))) { |
| 4082 | const APInt *C2; |
Sanjay Patel | 0c1c70a | 2017-01-20 22:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4083 | // (X <s C1) ? C1 : SMIN(X, C2) ==> SMAX(SMIN(X, C2), C1) |
| 4084 | if (match(FalseVal, m_SMin(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_APInt(C2))) && |
Nikolai Bozhenov | 8dcab54 | 2017-10-19 15:36:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4085 | C1->slt(*C2) && Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SLT) |
Sanjay Patel | 0c1c70a | 2017-01-20 22:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4086 | return {SPF_SMAX, SPNB_NA, false}; |
Sanjay Patel | 0c1c70a | 2017-01-20 22:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4087 | |
| 4088 | // (X >s C1) ? C1 : SMAX(X, C2) ==> SMIN(SMAX(X, C2), C1) |
| 4089 | if (match(FalseVal, m_SMax(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_APInt(C2))) && |
Nikolai Bozhenov | 8dcab54 | 2017-10-19 15:36:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4090 | C1->sgt(*C2) && Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT) |
Sanjay Patel | 0c1c70a | 2017-01-20 22:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4091 | return {SPF_SMIN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
Sanjay Patel | 0c1c70a | 2017-01-20 22:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4092 | |
| 4093 | // (X <u C1) ? C1 : UMIN(X, C2) ==> UMAX(UMIN(X, C2), C1) |
| 4094 | if (match(FalseVal, m_UMin(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_APInt(C2))) && |
Nikolai Bozhenov | 8dcab54 | 2017-10-19 15:36:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4095 | C1->ult(*C2) && Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_ULT) |
Sanjay Patel | 0c1c70a | 2017-01-20 22:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4096 | return {SPF_UMAX, SPNB_NA, false}; |
Sanjay Patel | 0c1c70a | 2017-01-20 22:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4097 | |
| 4098 | // (X >u C1) ? C1 : UMAX(X, C2) ==> UMIN(UMAX(X, C2), C1) |
| 4099 | if (match(FalseVal, m_UMax(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_APInt(C2))) && |
Nikolai Bozhenov | 8dcab54 | 2017-10-19 15:36:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4100 | C1->ugt(*C2) && Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_UGT) |
Sanjay Patel | 0c1c70a | 2017-01-20 22:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4101 | return {SPF_UMIN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
Sanjay Patel | 0c1c70a | 2017-01-20 22:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4102 | } |
Artur Gainullin | af7ba8f | 2017-10-27 20:53:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4103 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
| 4104 | } |
| 4105 | |
| 4106 | /// Match non-obvious integer minimum and maximum sequences. |
| 4107 | static SelectPatternResult matchMinMax(CmpInst::Predicate Pred, |
| 4108 | Value *CmpLHS, Value *CmpRHS, |
| 4109 | Value *TrueVal, Value *FalseVal, |
| 4110 | Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS) { |
| 4111 | // Assume success. If there's no match, callers should not use these anyway. |
| 4112 | LHS = TrueVal; |
| 4113 | RHS = FalseVal; |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 | SelectPatternResult SPR = matchClamp(Pred, CmpLHS, CmpRHS, TrueVal, FalseVal); |
| 4116 | if (SPR.Flavor != SelectPatternFlavor::SPF_UNKNOWN) |
| 4117 | return SPR; |
Sanjay Patel | 0c1c70a | 2017-01-20 22:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4118 | |
Nikolai Bozhenov | 8dcab54 | 2017-10-19 15:36:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4119 | if (Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_SGT && Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_SLT) |
Sanjay Patel | 819f096 | 2016-11-13 19:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4120 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
| 4121 | |
Sanjay Patel | cfcc42b | 2016-11-13 20:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4122 | // Z = X -nsw Y |
| 4123 | // (X >s Y) ? 0 : Z ==> (Z >s 0) ? 0 : Z ==> SMIN(Z, 0) |
| 4124 | // (X <s Y) ? 0 : Z ==> (Z <s 0) ? 0 : Z ==> SMAX(Z, 0) |
| 4125 | if (match(TrueVal, m_Zero()) && |
Sanjay Patel | 24c6f88 | 2017-01-21 17:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4126 | match(FalseVal, m_NSWSub(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_Specific(CmpRHS)))) |
Nikolai Bozhenov | 8dcab54 | 2017-10-19 15:36:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4127 | return {Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT ? SPF_SMIN : SPF_SMAX, SPNB_NA, false}; |
Sanjay Patel | cfcc42b | 2016-11-13 20:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4128 | |
| 4129 | // Z = X -nsw Y |
| 4130 | // (X >s Y) ? Z : 0 ==> (Z >s 0) ? Z : 0 ==> SMAX(Z, 0) |
| 4131 | // (X <s Y) ? Z : 0 ==> (Z <s 0) ? Z : 0 ==> SMIN(Z, 0) |
| 4132 | if (match(FalseVal, m_Zero()) && |
Sanjay Patel | 24c6f88 | 2017-01-21 17:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4133 | match(TrueVal, m_NSWSub(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_Specific(CmpRHS)))) |
Nikolai Bozhenov | 8dcab54 | 2017-10-19 15:36:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4134 | return {Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT ? SPF_SMAX : SPF_SMIN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
Sanjay Patel | cfcc42b | 2016-11-13 20:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4135 | |
Artur Gainullin | af7ba8f | 2017-10-27 20:53:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4136 | const APInt *C1; |
Sanjay Patel | 819f096 | 2016-11-13 19:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4137 | if (!match(CmpRHS, m_APInt(C1))) |
| 4138 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 | // An unsigned min/max can be written with a signed compare. |
| 4141 | const APInt *C2; |
| 4142 | if ((CmpLHS == TrueVal && match(FalseVal, m_APInt(C2))) || |
| 4143 | (CmpLHS == FalseVal && match(TrueVal, m_APInt(C2)))) { |
| 4144 | // Is the sign bit set? |
| 4145 | // (X <s 0) ? X : MAXVAL ==> (X >u MAXVAL) ? X : MAXVAL ==> UMAX |
| 4146 | // (X <s 0) ? MAXVAL : X ==> (X >u MAXVAL) ? MAXVAL : X ==> UMIN |
Craig Topper | 81d772c | 2017-11-08 19:38:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4147 | if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SLT && C1->isNullValue() && |
| 4148 | C2->isMaxSignedValue()) |
Sanjay Patel | 819f096 | 2016-11-13 19:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4149 | return {CmpLHS == TrueVal ? SPF_UMAX : SPF_UMIN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
Sanjay Patel | 819f096 | 2016-11-13 19:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4150 | |
| 4151 | // Is the sign bit clear? |
| 4152 | // (X >s -1) ? MINVAL : X ==> (X <u MINVAL) ? MINVAL : X ==> UMAX |
| 4153 | // (X >s -1) ? X : MINVAL ==> (X <u MINVAL) ? X : MINVAL ==> UMIN |
Nikolai Bozhenov | 8dcab54 | 2017-10-19 15:36:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4154 | if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT && C1->isAllOnesValue() && |
| 4155 | C2->isMinSignedValue()) |
Sanjay Patel | 819f096 | 2016-11-13 19:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4156 | return {CmpLHS == FalseVal ? SPF_UMAX : SPF_UMIN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
Sanjay Patel | 819f096 | 2016-11-13 19:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4157 | } |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 | // Look through 'not' ops to find disguised signed min/max. |
| 4160 | // (X >s C) ? ~X : ~C ==> (~X <s ~C) ? ~X : ~C ==> SMIN(~X, ~C) |
| 4161 | // (X <s C) ? ~X : ~C ==> (~X >s ~C) ? ~X : ~C ==> SMAX(~X, ~C) |
| 4162 | if (match(TrueVal, m_Not(m_Specific(CmpLHS))) && |
Sanjay Patel | 24c6f88 | 2017-01-21 17:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4163 | match(FalseVal, m_APInt(C2)) && ~(*C1) == *C2) |
Nikolai Bozhenov | 8dcab54 | 2017-10-19 15:36:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4164 | return {Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT ? SPF_SMIN : SPF_SMAX, SPNB_NA, false}; |
Sanjay Patel | 819f096 | 2016-11-13 19:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4165 | |
| 4166 | // (X >s C) ? ~C : ~X ==> (~X <s ~C) ? ~C : ~X ==> SMAX(~C, ~X) |
| 4167 | // (X <s C) ? ~C : ~X ==> (~X >s ~C) ? ~C : ~X ==> SMIN(~C, ~X) |
| 4168 | if (match(FalseVal, m_Not(m_Specific(CmpLHS))) && |
Sanjay Patel | 24c6f88 | 2017-01-21 17:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4169 | match(TrueVal, m_APInt(C2)) && ~(*C1) == *C2) |
Nikolai Bozhenov | 8dcab54 | 2017-10-19 15:36:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4170 | return {Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT ? SPF_SMAX : SPF_SMIN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
Sanjay Patel | 819f096 | 2016-11-13 19:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4171 | |
| 4172 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
| 4173 | } |
| 4174 | |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4175 | static SelectPatternResult matchSelectPattern(CmpInst::Predicate Pred, |
| 4176 | FastMathFlags FMF, |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4177 | Value *CmpLHS, Value *CmpRHS, |
| 4178 | Value *TrueVal, Value *FalseVal, |
| 4179 | Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS) { |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4180 | LHS = CmpLHS; |
| 4181 | RHS = CmpRHS; |
| 4182 | |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4183 | // If the predicate is an "or-equal" (FP) predicate, then signed zeroes may |
| 4184 | // return inconsistent results between implementations. |
| 4185 | // (0.0 <= -0.0) ? 0.0 : -0.0 // Returns 0.0 |
| 4186 | // minNum(0.0, -0.0) // May return -0.0 or 0.0 (IEEE 754-2008 5.3.1) |
| 4187 | // Therefore we behave conservatively and only proceed if at least one of the |
| 4188 | // operands is known to not be zero, or if we don't care about signed zeroes. |
| 4189 | switch (Pred) { |
| 4190 | default: break; |
| 4191 | case CmpInst::FCMP_OGE: case CmpInst::FCMP_OLE: |
| 4192 | case CmpInst::FCMP_UGE: case CmpInst::FCMP_ULE: |
| 4193 | if (!FMF.noSignedZeros() && !isKnownNonZero(CmpLHS) && |
| 4194 | !isKnownNonZero(CmpRHS)) |
| 4195 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
| 4196 | } |
| 4197 | |
| 4198 | SelectPatternNaNBehavior NaNBehavior = SPNB_NA; |
| 4199 | bool Ordered = false; |
| 4200 | |
| 4201 | // When given one NaN and one non-NaN input: |
| 4202 | // - maxnum/minnum (C99 fmaxf()/fminf()) return the non-NaN input. |
| 4203 | // - A simple C99 (a < b ? a : b) construction will return 'b' (as the |
| 4204 | // ordered comparison fails), which could be NaN or non-NaN. |
| 4205 | // so here we discover exactly what NaN behavior is required/accepted. |
| 4206 | if (CmpInst::isFPPredicate(Pred)) { |
| 4207 | bool LHSSafe = isKnownNonNaN(CmpLHS, FMF); |
| 4208 | bool RHSSafe = isKnownNonNaN(CmpRHS, FMF); |
| 4209 | |
| 4210 | if (LHSSafe && RHSSafe) { |
| 4211 | // Both operands are known non-NaN. |
| 4212 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_ANY; |
| 4213 | } else if (CmpInst::isOrdered(Pred)) { |
| 4214 | // An ordered comparison will return false when given a NaN, so it |
| 4215 | // returns the RHS. |
| 4216 | Ordered = true; |
| 4217 | if (LHSSafe) |
James Molloy | 8990b06 | 2015-08-12 15:11:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4218 | // LHS is non-NaN, so if RHS is NaN then NaN will be returned. |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4219 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_NAN; |
| 4220 | else if (RHSSafe) |
| 4221 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_OTHER; |
| 4222 | else |
| 4223 | // Completely unsafe. |
| 4224 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
| 4225 | } else { |
| 4226 | Ordered = false; |
| 4227 | // An unordered comparison will return true when given a NaN, so it |
| 4228 | // returns the LHS. |
| 4229 | if (LHSSafe) |
James Molloy | 8990b06 | 2015-08-12 15:11:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4230 | // LHS is non-NaN, so if RHS is NaN then non-NaN will be returned. |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4231 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_OTHER; |
| 4232 | else if (RHSSafe) |
| 4233 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_NAN; |
| 4234 | else |
| 4235 | // Completely unsafe. |
| 4236 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4237 | } |
| 4238 | } |
| 4239 | |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4240 | if (TrueVal == CmpRHS && FalseVal == CmpLHS) { |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4241 | std::swap(CmpLHS, CmpRHS); |
| 4242 | Pred = CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred); |
| 4243 | if (NaNBehavior == SPNB_RETURNS_NAN) |
| 4244 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_OTHER; |
| 4245 | else if (NaNBehavior == SPNB_RETURNS_OTHER) |
| 4246 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_NAN; |
| 4247 | Ordered = !Ordered; |
| 4248 | } |
| 4249 | |
| 4250 | // ([if]cmp X, Y) ? X : Y |
| 4251 | if (TrueVal == CmpLHS && FalseVal == CmpRHS) { |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4252 | switch (Pred) { |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4253 | default: return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; // Equality. |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4254 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4255 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: return {SPF_UMAX, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4256 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4257 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: return {SPF_SMAX, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4258 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4259 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: return {SPF_UMIN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4260 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4261 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: return {SPF_SMIN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
| 4262 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT: |
| 4263 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE: |
| 4264 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGT: |
| 4265 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE: return {SPF_FMAXNUM, NaNBehavior, Ordered}; |
| 4266 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT: |
| 4267 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULE: |
| 4268 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT: |
| 4269 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE: return {SPF_FMINNUM, NaNBehavior, Ordered}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4270 | } |
| 4271 | } |
| 4272 | |
Sanjay Patel | e372aec | 2016-10-27 15:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4273 | const APInt *C1; |
| 4274 | if (match(CmpRHS, m_APInt(C1))) { |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4275 | if ((CmpLHS == TrueVal && match(FalseVal, m_Neg(m_Specific(CmpLHS)))) || |
| 4276 | (CmpLHS == FalseVal && match(TrueVal, m_Neg(m_Specific(CmpLHS))))) { |
| 4277 | |
| 4278 | // ABS(X) ==> (X >s 0) ? X : -X and (X >s -1) ? X : -X |
| 4279 | // NABS(X) ==> (X >s 0) ? -X : X and (X >s -1) ? -X : X |
Craig Topper | 81d772c | 2017-11-08 19:38:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4280 | if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT && |
| 4281 | (C1->isNullValue() || C1->isAllOnesValue())) { |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4282 | return {(CmpLHS == TrueVal) ? SPF_ABS : SPF_NABS, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4283 | } |
| 4284 | |
| 4285 | // ABS(X) ==> (X <s 0) ? -X : X and (X <s 1) ? -X : X |
| 4286 | // NABS(X) ==> (X <s 0) ? X : -X and (X <s 1) ? X : -X |
Craig Topper | 81d772c | 2017-11-08 19:38:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4287 | if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT && |
| 4288 | (C1->isNullValue() || C1->isOneValue())) { |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4289 | return {(CmpLHS == FalseVal) ? SPF_ABS : SPF_NABS, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4290 | } |
| 4291 | } |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4292 | } |
| 4293 | |
Nikolai Bozhenov | 1545eb3 | 2017-08-04 12:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4294 | if (CmpInst::isIntPredicate(Pred)) |
| 4295 | return matchMinMax(Pred, CmpLHS, CmpRHS, TrueVal, FalseVal, LHS, RHS); |
| 4296 | |
| 4297 | // According to (IEEE 754-2008 5.3.1), minNum(0.0, -0.0) and similar |
| 4298 | // may return either -0.0 or 0.0, so fcmp/select pair has stricter |
| 4299 | // semantics than minNum. Be conservative in such case. |
| 4300 | if (NaNBehavior != SPNB_RETURNS_ANY || |
| 4301 | (!FMF.noSignedZeros() && !isKnownNonZero(CmpLHS) && |
| 4302 | !isKnownNonZero(CmpRHS))) |
| 4303 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
| 4304 | |
| 4305 | return matchFastFloatClamp(Pred, CmpLHS, CmpRHS, TrueVal, FalseVal, LHS, RHS); |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4306 | } |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4307 | |
Nikolai Bozhenov | 74c047e | 2017-10-18 09:28:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4308 | /// Helps to match a select pattern in case of a type mismatch. |
| 4309 | /// |
| 4310 | /// The function processes the case when type of true and false values of a |
| 4311 | /// select instruction differs from type of the cmp instruction operands because |
| 4312 | /// of a cast instructon. The function checks if it is legal to move the cast |
| 4313 | /// operation after "select". If yes, it returns the new second value of |
| 4314 | /// "select" (with the assumption that cast is moved): |
| 4315 | /// 1. As operand of cast instruction when both values of "select" are same cast |
| 4316 | /// instructions. |
| 4317 | /// 2. As restored constant (by applying reverse cast operation) when the first |
| 4318 | /// value of the "select" is a cast operation and the second value is a |
| 4319 | /// constant. |
| 4320 | /// NOTE: We return only the new second value because the first value could be |
| 4321 | /// accessed as operand of cast instruction. |
James Molloy | 569cea6 | 2015-09-02 17:25:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4322 | static Value *lookThroughCast(CmpInst *CmpI, Value *V1, Value *V2, |
| 4323 | Instruction::CastOps *CastOp) { |
Sanjay Patel | 14a4b81 | 2017-01-29 16:34:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4324 | auto *Cast1 = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V1); |
| 4325 | if (!Cast1) |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4326 | return nullptr; |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4327 | |
Sanjay Patel | 14a4b81 | 2017-01-29 16:34:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4328 | *CastOp = Cast1->getOpcode(); |
| 4329 | Type *SrcTy = Cast1->getSrcTy(); |
| 4330 | if (auto *Cast2 = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V2)) { |
| 4331 | // If V1 and V2 are both the same cast from the same type, look through V1. |
| 4332 | if (*CastOp == Cast2->getOpcode() && SrcTy == Cast2->getSrcTy()) |
| 4333 | return Cast2->getOperand(0); |
James Molloy | 569cea6 | 2015-09-02 17:25:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4334 | return nullptr; |
| 4335 | } |
| 4336 | |
Sanjay Patel | 14a4b81 | 2017-01-29 16:34:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4337 | auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V2); |
| 4338 | if (!C) |
| 4339 | return nullptr; |
| 4340 | |
David Majnemer | d2a074b | 2016-04-29 18:40:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4341 | Constant *CastedTo = nullptr; |
Sanjay Patel | 14a4b81 | 2017-01-29 16:34:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4342 | switch (*CastOp) { |
| 4343 | case Instruction::ZExt: |
| 4344 | if (CmpI->isUnsigned()) |
| 4345 | CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getTrunc(C, SrcTy); |
| 4346 | break; |
| 4347 | case Instruction::SExt: |
| 4348 | if (CmpI->isSigned()) |
| 4349 | CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getTrunc(C, SrcTy, true); |
| 4350 | break; |
| 4351 | case Instruction::Trunc: |
Nikolai Bozhenov | 74c047e | 2017-10-18 09:28:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4352 | Constant *CmpConst; |
Nikolai Bozhenov | 9723f12 | 2017-10-18 14:24:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4353 | if (match(CmpI->getOperand(1), m_Constant(CmpConst)) && |
| 4354 | CmpConst->getType() == SrcTy) { |
Nikolai Bozhenov | 74c047e | 2017-10-18 09:28:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4355 | // Here we have the following case: |
| 4356 | // |
| 4357 | // %cond = cmp iN %x, CmpConst |
| 4358 | // %tr = trunc iN %x to iK |
| 4359 | // %narrowsel = select i1 %cond, iK %t, iK C |
| 4360 | // |
| 4361 | // We can always move trunc after select operation: |
| 4362 | // |
| 4363 | // %cond = cmp iN %x, CmpConst |
| 4364 | // %widesel = select i1 %cond, iN %x, iN CmpConst |
| 4365 | // %tr = trunc iN %widesel to iK |
| 4366 | // |
| 4367 | // Note that C could be extended in any way because we don't care about |
| 4368 | // upper bits after truncation. It can't be abs pattern, because it would |
| 4369 | // look like: |
| 4370 | // |
| 4371 | // select i1 %cond, x, -x. |
| 4372 | // |
| 4373 | // So only min/max pattern could be matched. Such match requires widened C |
| 4374 | // == CmpConst. That is why set widened C = CmpConst, condition trunc |
| 4375 | // CmpConst == C is checked below. |
| 4376 | CastedTo = CmpConst; |
| 4377 | } else { |
| 4378 | CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(C, SrcTy, CmpI->isSigned()); |
| 4379 | } |
Sanjay Patel | 14a4b81 | 2017-01-29 16:34:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4380 | break; |
| 4381 | case Instruction::FPTrunc: |
| 4382 | CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getFPExtend(C, SrcTy, true); |
| 4383 | break; |
| 4384 | case Instruction::FPExt: |
| 4385 | CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getFPTrunc(C, SrcTy, true); |
| 4386 | break; |
| 4387 | case Instruction::FPToUI: |
| 4388 | CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getUIToFP(C, SrcTy, true); |
| 4389 | break; |
| 4390 | case Instruction::FPToSI: |
| 4391 | CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getSIToFP(C, SrcTy, true); |
| 4392 | break; |
| 4393 | case Instruction::UIToFP: |
| 4394 | CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getFPToUI(C, SrcTy, true); |
| 4395 | break; |
| 4396 | case Instruction::SIToFP: |
| 4397 | CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getFPToSI(C, SrcTy, true); |
| 4398 | break; |
| 4399 | default: |
| 4400 | break; |
| 4401 | } |
David Majnemer | d2a074b | 2016-04-29 18:40:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4402 | |
| 4403 | if (!CastedTo) |
| 4404 | return nullptr; |
| 4405 | |
David Majnemer | d2a074b | 2016-04-29 18:40:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4406 | // Make sure the cast doesn't lose any information. |
Sanjay Patel | 14a4b81 | 2017-01-29 16:34:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4407 | Constant *CastedBack = |
| 4408 | ConstantExpr::getCast(*CastOp, CastedTo, C->getType(), true); |
David Majnemer | d2a074b | 2016-04-29 18:40:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4409 | if (CastedBack != C) |
| 4410 | return nullptr; |
| 4411 | |
| 4412 | return CastedTo; |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4413 | } |
| 4414 | |
Sanjay Patel | e8dc090 | 2016-05-23 17:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4415 | SelectPatternResult llvm::matchSelectPattern(Value *V, Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS, |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4416 | Instruction::CastOps *CastOp) { |
| 4417 | SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V); |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4418 | if (!SI) return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4419 | |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4420 | CmpInst *CmpI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(SI->getCondition()); |
| 4421 | if (!CmpI) return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4422 | |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4423 | CmpInst::Predicate Pred = CmpI->getPredicate(); |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4424 | Value *CmpLHS = CmpI->getOperand(0); |
| 4425 | Value *CmpRHS = CmpI->getOperand(1); |
| 4426 | Value *TrueVal = SI->getTrueValue(); |
| 4427 | Value *FalseVal = SI->getFalseValue(); |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4428 | FastMathFlags FMF; |
| 4429 | if (isa<FPMathOperator>(CmpI)) |
| 4430 | FMF = CmpI->getFastMathFlags(); |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4431 | |
| 4432 | // Bail out early. |
| 4433 | if (CmpI->isEquality()) |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4434 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4435 | |
| 4436 | // Deal with type mismatches. |
| 4437 | if (CastOp && CmpLHS->getType() != TrueVal->getType()) { |
James Molloy | 569cea6 | 2015-09-02 17:25:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4438 | if (Value *C = lookThroughCast(CmpI, TrueVal, FalseVal, CastOp)) |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4439 | return ::matchSelectPattern(Pred, FMF, CmpLHS, CmpRHS, |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4440 | cast<CastInst>(TrueVal)->getOperand(0), C, |
| 4441 | LHS, RHS); |
James Molloy | 569cea6 | 2015-09-02 17:25:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4442 | if (Value *C = lookThroughCast(CmpI, FalseVal, TrueVal, CastOp)) |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4443 | return ::matchSelectPattern(Pred, FMF, CmpLHS, CmpRHS, |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4444 | C, cast<CastInst>(FalseVal)->getOperand(0), |
| 4445 | LHS, RHS); |
| 4446 | } |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4447 | return ::matchSelectPattern(Pred, FMF, CmpLHS, CmpRHS, TrueVal, FalseVal, |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4448 | LHS, RHS); |
| 4449 | } |
Sanjoy Das | a7e1378 | 2015-10-24 05:37:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4450 | |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4451 | /// Return true if "icmp Pred LHS RHS" is always true. |
Chad Rosier | e42b44b | 2017-07-28 14:39:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4452 | static bool isTruePredicate(CmpInst::Predicate Pred, const Value *LHS, |
| 4453 | const Value *RHS, const DataLayout &DL, |
| 4454 | unsigned Depth) { |
Sanjoy Das | af1400f | 2015-11-10 23:56:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4455 | assert(!LHS->getType()->isVectorTy() && "TODO: extend to handle vectors!"); |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4456 | if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred) && LHS == RHS) |
| 4457 | return true; |
| 4458 | |
| 4459 | switch (Pred) { |
| 4460 | default: |
| 4461 | return false; |
| 4462 | |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4463 | case CmpInst::ICMP_SLE: { |
Sanjoy Das | af1400f | 2015-11-10 23:56:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4464 | const APInt *C; |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4465 | |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4466 | // LHS s<= LHS +_{nsw} C if C >= 0 |
Sanjoy Das | dc26df4 | 2015-11-11 00:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4467 | if (match(RHS, m_NSWAdd(m_Specific(LHS), m_APInt(C)))) |
Sanjoy Das | af1400f | 2015-11-10 23:56:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4468 | return !C->isNegative(); |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4469 | return false; |
| 4470 | } |
| 4471 | |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4472 | case CmpInst::ICMP_ULE: { |
Sanjoy Das | af1400f | 2015-11-10 23:56:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4473 | const APInt *C; |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4474 | |
Sanjoy Das | dc26df4 | 2015-11-11 00:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4475 | // LHS u<= LHS +_{nuw} C for any C |
| 4476 | if (match(RHS, m_NUWAdd(m_Specific(LHS), m_APInt(C)))) |
Sanjoy Das | c01b4d2 | 2015-11-06 19:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4477 | return true; |
Sanjoy Das | 9256810 | 2015-11-10 23:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4478 | |
| 4479 | // Match A to (X +_{nuw} CA) and B to (X +_{nuw} CB) |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4480 | auto MatchNUWAddsToSameValue = [&](const Value *A, const Value *B, |
| 4481 | const Value *&X, |
Sanjoy Das | 9256810 | 2015-11-10 23:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4482 | const APInt *&CA, const APInt *&CB) { |
| 4483 | if (match(A, m_NUWAdd(m_Value(X), m_APInt(CA))) && |
| 4484 | match(B, m_NUWAdd(m_Specific(X), m_APInt(CB)))) |
| 4485 | return true; |
| 4486 | |
| 4487 | // If X & C == 0 then (X | C) == X +_{nuw} C |
| 4488 | if (match(A, m_Or(m_Value(X), m_APInt(CA))) && |
| 4489 | match(B, m_Or(m_Specific(X), m_APInt(CB)))) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4490 | KnownBits Known(CA->getBitWidth()); |
Chad Rosier | e42b44b | 2017-07-28 14:39:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4491 | computeKnownBits(X, Known, DL, Depth + 1, /*AC*/ nullptr, |
| 4492 | /*CxtI*/ nullptr, /*DT*/ nullptr); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4493 | if (CA->isSubsetOf(Known.Zero) && CB->isSubsetOf(Known.Zero)) |
Sanjoy Das | 9256810 | 2015-11-10 23:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4494 | return true; |
| 4495 | } |
| 4496 | |
| 4497 | return false; |
| 4498 | }; |
| 4499 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4500 | const Value *X; |
Sanjoy Das | 9256810 | 2015-11-10 23:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4501 | const APInt *CLHS, *CRHS; |
Sanjoy Das | dc26df4 | 2015-11-11 00:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4502 | if (MatchNUWAddsToSameValue(LHS, RHS, X, CLHS, CRHS)) |
| 4503 | return CLHS->ule(*CRHS); |
Sanjoy Das | 9256810 | 2015-11-10 23:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4504 | |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4505 | return false; |
| 4506 | } |
| 4507 | } |
| 4508 | } |
| 4509 | |
| 4510 | /// Return true if "icmp Pred BLHS BRHS" is true whenever "icmp Pred |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4511 | /// ALHS ARHS" is true. Otherwise, return None. |
| 4512 | static Optional<bool> |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4513 | isImpliedCondOperands(CmpInst::Predicate Pred, const Value *ALHS, |
Chad Rosier | e42b44b | 2017-07-28 14:39:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4514 | const Value *ARHS, const Value *BLHS, const Value *BRHS, |
| 4515 | const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth) { |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4516 | switch (Pred) { |
| 4517 | default: |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4518 | return None; |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4519 | |
| 4520 | case CmpInst::ICMP_SLT: |
| 4521 | case CmpInst::ICMP_SLE: |
Chad Rosier | e42b44b | 2017-07-28 14:39:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4522 | if (isTruePredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SLE, BLHS, ALHS, DL, Depth) && |
| 4523 | isTruePredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SLE, ARHS, BRHS, DL, Depth)) |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4524 | return true; |
| 4525 | return None; |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4526 | |
| 4527 | case CmpInst::ICMP_ULT: |
| 4528 | case CmpInst::ICMP_ULE: |
Chad Rosier | e42b44b | 2017-07-28 14:39:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4529 | if (isTruePredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_ULE, BLHS, ALHS, DL, Depth) && |
| 4530 | isTruePredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_ULE, ARHS, BRHS, DL, Depth)) |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4531 | return true; |
| 4532 | return None; |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4533 | } |
| 4534 | } |
| 4535 | |
Chad Rosier | 226a734 | 2016-05-05 17:41:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4536 | /// Return true if the operands of the two compares match. IsSwappedOps is true |
| 4537 | /// when the operands match, but are swapped. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4538 | static bool isMatchingOps(const Value *ALHS, const Value *ARHS, |
| 4539 | const Value *BLHS, const Value *BRHS, |
Chad Rosier | 226a734 | 2016-05-05 17:41:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4540 | bool &IsSwappedOps) { |
| 4541 | |
| 4542 | bool IsMatchingOps = (ALHS == BLHS && ARHS == BRHS); |
| 4543 | IsSwappedOps = (ALHS == BRHS && ARHS == BLHS); |
| 4544 | return IsMatchingOps || IsSwappedOps; |
| 4545 | } |
| 4546 | |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4547 | /// Return true if "icmp1 APred ALHS ARHS" implies "icmp2 BPred BLHS BRHS" is |
| 4548 | /// true. Return false if "icmp1 APred ALHS ARHS" implies "icmp2 BPred BLHS |
| 4549 | /// BRHS" is false. Otherwise, return None if we can't infer anything. |
| 4550 | static Optional<bool> isImpliedCondMatchingOperands(CmpInst::Predicate APred, |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4551 | const Value *ALHS, |
| 4552 | const Value *ARHS, |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4553 | CmpInst::Predicate BPred, |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4554 | const Value *BLHS, |
| 4555 | const Value *BRHS, |
Chad Rosier | 226a734 | 2016-05-05 17:41:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4556 | bool IsSwappedOps) { |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4557 | // Canonicalize the operands so they're matching. |
| 4558 | if (IsSwappedOps) { |
| 4559 | std::swap(BLHS, BRHS); |
| 4560 | BPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(BPred); |
| 4561 | } |
Chad Rosier | 99bc480 | 2016-04-21 16:18:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4562 | if (CmpInst::isImpliedTrueByMatchingCmp(APred, BPred)) |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4563 | return true; |
Chad Rosier | 99bc480 | 2016-04-21 16:18:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4564 | if (CmpInst::isImpliedFalseByMatchingCmp(APred, BPred)) |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4565 | return false; |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4566 | |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4567 | return None; |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4568 | } |
| 4569 | |
Chad Rosier | 25cfb7d | 2016-05-05 15:39:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4570 | /// Return true if "icmp1 APred ALHS C1" implies "icmp2 BPred BLHS C2" is |
| 4571 | /// true. Return false if "icmp1 APred ALHS C1" implies "icmp2 BPred BLHS |
| 4572 | /// C2" is false. Otherwise, return None if we can't infer anything. |
| 4573 | static Optional<bool> |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4574 | isImpliedCondMatchingImmOperands(CmpInst::Predicate APred, const Value *ALHS, |
| 4575 | const ConstantInt *C1, |
| 4576 | CmpInst::Predicate BPred, |
| 4577 | const Value *BLHS, const ConstantInt *C2) { |
Chad Rosier | 25cfb7d | 2016-05-05 15:39:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4578 | assert(ALHS == BLHS && "LHS operands must match."); |
| 4579 | ConstantRange DomCR = |
| 4580 | ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(APred, C1->getValue()); |
| 4581 | ConstantRange CR = |
| 4582 | ConstantRange::makeAllowedICmpRegion(BPred, C2->getValue()); |
| 4583 | ConstantRange Intersection = DomCR.intersectWith(CR); |
| 4584 | ConstantRange Difference = DomCR.difference(CR); |
| 4585 | if (Intersection.isEmptySet()) |
| 4586 | return false; |
| 4587 | if (Difference.isEmptySet()) |
| 4588 | return true; |
| 4589 | return None; |
| 4590 | } |
| 4591 | |
Chad Rosier | 2f49803 | 2017-07-28 18:47:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4592 | /// Return true if LHS implies RHS is true. Return false if LHS implies RHS is |
| 4593 | /// false. Otherwise, return None if we can't infer anything. |
| 4594 | static Optional<bool> isImpliedCondICmps(const ICmpInst *LHS, |
| 4595 | const ICmpInst *RHS, |
Chad Rosier | dfd1de6 | 2017-08-01 20:18:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4596 | const DataLayout &DL, bool LHSIsTrue, |
Chad Rosier | 2f49803 | 2017-07-28 18:47:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4597 | unsigned Depth) { |
| 4598 | Value *ALHS = LHS->getOperand(0); |
| 4599 | Value *ARHS = LHS->getOperand(1); |
Chad Rosier | a72a9ff | 2017-07-06 20:00:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4600 | // The rest of the logic assumes the LHS condition is true. If that's not the |
| 4601 | // case, invert the predicate to make it so. |
Chad Rosier | 2f49803 | 2017-07-28 18:47:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4602 | ICmpInst::Predicate APred = |
Chad Rosier | dfd1de6 | 2017-08-01 20:18:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4603 | LHSIsTrue ? LHS->getPredicate() : LHS->getInversePredicate(); |
Chad Rosier | 2f49803 | 2017-07-28 18:47:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4604 | |
| 4605 | Value *BLHS = RHS->getOperand(0); |
| 4606 | Value *BRHS = RHS->getOperand(1); |
| 4607 | ICmpInst::Predicate BPred = RHS->getPredicate(); |
Chad Rosier | e2cbd13 | 2016-04-25 17:23:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4608 | |
Chad Rosier | 226a734 | 2016-05-05 17:41:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4609 | // Can we infer anything when the two compares have matching operands? |
| 4610 | bool IsSwappedOps; |
| 4611 | if (isMatchingOps(ALHS, ARHS, BLHS, BRHS, IsSwappedOps)) { |
| 4612 | if (Optional<bool> Implication = isImpliedCondMatchingOperands( |
| 4613 | APred, ALHS, ARHS, BPred, BLHS, BRHS, IsSwappedOps)) |
Chad Rosier | 25cfb7d | 2016-05-05 15:39:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4614 | return Implication; |
Chad Rosier | 226a734 | 2016-05-05 17:41:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4615 | // No amount of additional analysis will infer the second condition, so |
| 4616 | // early exit. |
| 4617 | return None; |
| 4618 | } |
| 4619 | |
| 4620 | // Can we infer anything when the LHS operands match and the RHS operands are |
| 4621 | // constants (not necessarily matching)? |
| 4622 | if (ALHS == BLHS && isa<ConstantInt>(ARHS) && isa<ConstantInt>(BRHS)) { |
| 4623 | if (Optional<bool> Implication = isImpliedCondMatchingImmOperands( |
| 4624 | APred, ALHS, cast<ConstantInt>(ARHS), BPred, BLHS, |
| 4625 | cast<ConstantInt>(BRHS))) |
| 4626 | return Implication; |
| 4627 | // No amount of additional analysis will infer the second condition, so |
| 4628 | // early exit. |
| 4629 | return None; |
Chad Rosier | 25cfb7d | 2016-05-05 15:39:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4630 | } |
| 4631 | |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4632 | if (APred == BPred) |
Chad Rosier | e42b44b | 2017-07-28 14:39:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4633 | return isImpliedCondOperands(APred, ALHS, ARHS, BLHS, BRHS, DL, Depth); |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4634 | return None; |
Sanjoy Das | 3ef1e68 | 2015-10-28 03:20:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4635 | } |
Chad Rosier | 2f49803 | 2017-07-28 18:47:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4636 | |
Chad Rosier | f73a10d | 2017-08-01 19:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4637 | /// Return true if LHS implies RHS is true. Return false if LHS implies RHS is |
| 4638 | /// false. Otherwise, return None if we can't infer anything. We expect the |
| 4639 | /// RHS to be an icmp and the LHS to be an 'and' or an 'or' instruction. |
| 4640 | static Optional<bool> isImpliedCondAndOr(const BinaryOperator *LHS, |
| 4641 | const ICmpInst *RHS, |
Chad Rosier | dfd1de6 | 2017-08-01 20:18:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4642 | const DataLayout &DL, bool LHSIsTrue, |
Chad Rosier | f73a10d | 2017-08-01 19:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4643 | unsigned Depth) { |
| 4644 | // The LHS must be an 'or' or an 'and' instruction. |
| 4645 | assert((LHS->getOpcode() == Instruction::And || |
| 4646 | LHS->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) && |
| 4647 | "Expected LHS to be 'and' or 'or'."); |
| 4648 | |
Davide Italiano | 1a943a9 | 2017-08-09 16:06:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4649 | assert(Depth <= MaxDepth && "Hit recursion limit"); |
Chad Rosier | f73a10d | 2017-08-01 19:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4650 | |
| 4651 | // If the result of an 'or' is false, then we know both legs of the 'or' are |
| 4652 | // false. Similarly, if the result of an 'and' is true, then we know both |
| 4653 | // legs of the 'and' are true. |
| 4654 | Value *ALHS, *ARHS; |
Chad Rosier | dfd1de6 | 2017-08-01 20:18:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4655 | if ((!LHSIsTrue && match(LHS, m_Or(m_Value(ALHS), m_Value(ARHS)))) || |
| 4656 | (LHSIsTrue && match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(ALHS), m_Value(ARHS))))) { |
Chad Rosier | f73a10d | 2017-08-01 19:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4657 | // FIXME: Make this non-recursion. |
| 4658 | if (Optional<bool> Implication = |
Chad Rosier | dfd1de6 | 2017-08-01 20:18:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4659 | isImpliedCondition(ALHS, RHS, DL, LHSIsTrue, Depth + 1)) |
Chad Rosier | f73a10d | 2017-08-01 19:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4660 | return Implication; |
| 4661 | if (Optional<bool> Implication = |
Chad Rosier | dfd1de6 | 2017-08-01 20:18:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4662 | isImpliedCondition(ARHS, RHS, DL, LHSIsTrue, Depth + 1)) |
Chad Rosier | f73a10d | 2017-08-01 19:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4663 | return Implication; |
| 4664 | return None; |
| 4665 | } |
| 4666 | return None; |
| 4667 | } |
| 4668 | |
Chad Rosier | 2f49803 | 2017-07-28 18:47:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4669 | Optional<bool> llvm::isImpliedCondition(const Value *LHS, const Value *RHS, |
Chad Rosier | dfd1de6 | 2017-08-01 20:18:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4670 | const DataLayout &DL, bool LHSIsTrue, |
Chad Rosier | 2f49803 | 2017-07-28 18:47:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4671 | unsigned Depth) { |
Davide Italiano | 30e5194 | 2017-08-09 15:13:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4672 | // Bail out when we hit the limit. |
| 4673 | if (Depth == MaxDepth) |
| 4674 | return None; |
| 4675 | |
Chad Rosier | f73a10d | 2017-08-01 19:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4676 | // A mismatch occurs when we compare a scalar cmp to a vector cmp, for |
| 4677 | // example. |
Chad Rosier | 2f49803 | 2017-07-28 18:47:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4678 | if (LHS->getType() != RHS->getType()) |
| 4679 | return None; |
| 4680 | |
| 4681 | Type *OpTy = LHS->getType(); |
Chad Rosier | f73a10d | 2017-08-01 19:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4682 | assert(OpTy->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1) && "Expected integer type only!"); |
Chad Rosier | 2f49803 | 2017-07-28 18:47:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4683 | |
| 4684 | // LHS ==> RHS by definition |
| 4685 | if (LHS == RHS) |
Chad Rosier | dfd1de6 | 2017-08-01 20:18:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4686 | return LHSIsTrue; |
Chad Rosier | 2f49803 | 2017-07-28 18:47:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4687 | |
Chad Rosier | f73a10d | 2017-08-01 19:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4688 | // FIXME: Extending the code below to handle vectors. |
Chad Rosier | 2f49803 | 2017-07-28 18:47:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4689 | if (OpTy->isVectorTy()) |
Chad Rosier | 2f49803 | 2017-07-28 18:47:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4690 | return None; |
Chad Rosier | f73a10d | 2017-08-01 19:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4691 | |
Chad Rosier | 2f49803 | 2017-07-28 18:47:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4692 | assert(OpTy->isIntegerTy(1) && "implied by above"); |
| 4693 | |
Chad Rosier | 2f49803 | 2017-07-28 18:47:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4694 | // Both LHS and RHS are icmps. |
Chad Rosier | f73a10d | 2017-08-01 19:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4695 | const ICmpInst *LHSCmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(LHS); |
| 4696 | const ICmpInst *RHSCmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(RHS); |
| 4697 | if (LHSCmp && RHSCmp) |
Chad Rosier | dfd1de6 | 2017-08-01 20:18:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4698 | return isImpliedCondICmps(LHSCmp, RHSCmp, DL, LHSIsTrue, Depth); |
Chad Rosier | 2f49803 | 2017-07-28 18:47:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4699 | |
Chad Rosier | f73a10d | 2017-08-01 19:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4700 | // The LHS should be an 'or' or an 'and' instruction. We expect the RHS to be |
| 4701 | // an icmp. FIXME: Add support for and/or on the RHS. |
| 4702 | const BinaryOperator *LHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHS); |
| 4703 | if (LHSBO && RHSCmp) { |
| 4704 | if ((LHSBO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And || |
| 4705 | LHSBO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or)) |
Chad Rosier | dfd1de6 | 2017-08-01 20:18:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4706 | return isImpliedCondAndOr(LHSBO, RHSCmp, DL, LHSIsTrue, Depth); |
Chad Rosier | 2f49803 | 2017-07-28 18:47:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4707 | } |
Chad Rosier | f73a10d | 2017-08-01 19:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4708 | return None; |
Chad Rosier | 2f49803 | 2017-07-28 18:47:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4709 | } |